Consolidated Product Manual December Screw-in Cartridge Valves

Transcription

1 Consolidated Product Manual December 8 Screw-in Cartridge Valves

2 abc

3 INTRODUCTION QUICK SELECTION GUIDE RELIEF VALVES DUAL RELIEF VALVES SEQUENCE VALVES PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES MOTION CONTROL VALVES including BoomLoc hose rupture valves CHECK VALVES NEEDLE / RESTRICTOR VALVES FLOW REGULATORS FLOW DIVIDER / COMBINER VALVES DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES UNLOADING VALVES SHUTTLE VALVES CETOP MODULAR STACKING VALVES MOTOR MOUNTED VALVES HYDRAULIC INTEGRATED CIRCUITS CAVITIES INDEX Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax:

4 INTRODUCTION LIMITED WARRANTY /. (The Company) warrants that the items sold shall be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of months from date of shipment from the Company. Parts manufactured by a third party and supplied by The Company as part of a system or on their own shall be warranted to the extent of the original supplier's warranty and no more. The Company will undertake to remedy any defect resulting from faulty design, material or workmanship, provided that the Company shall not be required to expend money, services or material in any amounts exceeding the value of the original invoice for the said system or component. The Company will undertake to repair or replace the faulty system or component at the Company s discretion within a reasonable time scale agreed between the two parties. The Company shall not be liable for defects arising from materials provided by, or design stipulated or specified by the purchaser. The Company shall further not be liable for defects caused by faulty maintenance, incorrect erection or faulty repair by the purchaser. The Company will only be liable within the terms of warranty for defects which occur in connection with the proper use of the products within the specifications laid down for the products. The Company shall not be liable for any damage caused by any product after it has been delivered, nor shall the Company be liable for any damage to products manufactured by the purchaser, or products of which the purchaser's product forms a part, or product from a third party which forms part of the purchaser's product. Goods may only be returned to the company upon prior written consent and at the Company's discretion shall be replaced, repaired or credited at the original invoiced price. The Company shall have no liability for any loss of profits, or any consequential loss, anticipated profits or any labour cost, whether incurred by the purchaser in replacing defective parts or otherwise. Any claim under this warranty must be made in writing within days of the discovery of the problem or within days of the end of the warranty period, whichever is sooner. THE COMPANY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this warranty, or in any other agreement, purchase order, or other document, the Company shall not be responsible or liable for any consequential or incidental damages incurred or suffered by any purchaser, any customer of a purchaser or any other person in connection with the sale, marketing, distribution, use or any other action relating to the products. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) 974 7

5 MATERIALS Cartridge bodies are manufactured from high grade cold drawn steel bar, with the internal working parts hardened and ground for maximum performance and durability. Our line bodies, Hydraulic Integrated Circuit blocks and special bodies are manufactured from high strength, wrought aluminium bar and mild steel or stainless steel, dependant upon the exact requirements of individual applications. Various specialised coatings/finishes are obtainable for when environmentally unfriendly conditions are a consideration. For complete specifications and compatibilities, please consult our technical department. It is recommended that for pressures above bar ( psi) steel bodies are used. Whilst in most cases the aluminium bodies are strong enough, if transient peak pressures are encountered frequently, there is a possibility of fatigue. PORTS The ports on all our bodies are BSP (parallel) as standard and range in size from /4" to /4". SAE O Ring and NPT ports are available on request. SEALS We use Nitrile as standard for temperatures of - C to +9 C (unless otherwise stated). Viton seals are available on request. Polyurethane seals are also available on some valves but care must be taken in their application with regard to fluid compatibility. TEMPERATURE RANGES Temperature ranges quoted throughout this catalogue relate to the seal material only. The viscosity index of the fluid should also be taken into account when selecting a valve, if in doubt please contact our technical department. FLUIDS Recommended fluid is mineral oil. NOTE: All our test performances are carried out by using hydraulic oil with a viscosity of 4cSt at 4 C. For water based fluids, ie, 95/5 and 6/4 emulsion consult factory. FILTRATION Our valves utilise precision hydraulic components and we recommend a filtration level of between 5 and 5 microns, to produce a cleanliness level of BS554/4 Class 8/, dependant on the type of valve used. Replace filter elements regularly, try to avoid filter bypass condition - special attention should also be paid to filtration when first commissioning the system or machine, when contamination levels are high. TAMPERPROOF DEVICES Various tamperproofing methods are available upon request for our range of cartridges and valves. CARTRIDGE VALVE INSTALLATION The correct machining of cavities to suit our range of cartridges is critical. Cavity tools are available for sale or hire and certified drawings are available upon request. All drawings and information contained within this catalogue are for guidance only. Where dimensions and actual valve usage is critical, please consult Integrated Hydraulics for full specifications and compatibilities. We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice or incurring obligation. NOTE: It is important that each designer analyses all aspects of their application including consequences of any failure and review the information concerning the product or system in the current product catalogue. The responsibility for final selection rests with the customer. TORQUE FIGURES The torque values stated in this catalogue are for testing purposes only. Assembly tightening torque depends on many factors, including lubrication, coating and surface finish. Contact main office for further information. ADJUSTMENT The adjustment range and Max setting figures shown throughout this catalogue give the design range for each valve, higher or lower values may be attainable but should not be used without first contacting our Engineering department. Setting must ALWAYS be carried out using an appropriate gauge and it must NOT be assumed that screwing an adjuster to its maximum or minimum position will yield the maximum or minimum stated design setting for that valve. PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE All pressure control valves manufactured by Integrated Hydraulics are designed to be "Pressure Accessories" in accordance with article section of the Pressure Equipment Directive and Sound Engineering Practice and sold in good faith as such. For "Safety Accessories" as defined in article section.4 of the Pressure Equipment Directive please contact the UK Technical Sales Department.

6 abc

7 QUICK SELECTION GUIDE SECTION - RELIEF VALVES RELIEF VALVE DIRECT ACTING SLIDING SPOOL PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE GR-P-*S CARTRIDGE 4-7 GR5 /8-7 GR6 /8 / /4-7 GR6-P-*S CARTRIDGE GR65 /8 / -6 GR66 / -6 GR-P-*S CARTRIDGE GR45 / /4-7 GR5 /8 / /4-7 GR55-7 DIFFERENTIAL AREA POPPET STYLE PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE LR-F-*S CARTRIDGE LR5 /4-9 VENTABLE RELIEF VALVE PILOT OPERATED SLIDING SPOOL PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE VR-P-*S CARTRIDGE 5 - VR5 /4 - VR-P-*S CARTRIDGE 5 - VR5 - SECTION - DUAL RELIEF VALVES DUAL RELIEF VALVE SINGLE CARTRIDGE DIFFERENTIAL AREA POPPET STYLE PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE CLLR5-F-*S CARTRIDGE CLLR55 /8 / -5 CLLR-F-*S CARTRIDGE CLLR5 /4 - CLLR55 /4 - Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

8 QUICK SELECTION GUIDE SECTION 4 - SEQUENCE VALVES SEQUENCE VALVE * CHECK VALVE IN BODY * * PILOT OPERATED SLIDING SPOOL PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE PS6-P-*S CARTRIDGE PS65 /8 / 4- PS66 / 4- PS-P-*S CARTRIDGE PS45 /8 / /4 4-4 PS-P-*S CARTRIDGE PS5 4-5 SEQUENCE VALVE WITH REVERSE FLOW SEQUENCE VALVE * CHECK VALVE IN BODY UNLOADING SEQUENCE VALVE * * PILOT OPERATED/ DIRECTING ACTING SLIDING SPOOL PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE PSC-F-*S CARTRIDGE 4-6 PSC5 /8 / 4-6 PSC-P-*S CARTRIDGE PSC45 /8 / /4 4-7 DIRECTING ACTING SLIDING SPOOL PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE DS-P-*S CARTRIDGE 4 4- DS5 /8 / 4- DS6-P-*S CARTRIDGE DS65 /8 / 4- DS66 / 4- DS-P-*S CARTRIDGE DS45 /8 / /4 4- DS55 /4 4- PILOT OPERATED SLIDING SPOOL PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE UPS-P-*S CARTRIDGE UPS45 /8 / /4 4-8 UPS55 /4 4-8 * CHECK VALVE IN BODY SECTION 5 - PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PILOT OPERATED SLIDING SPOOL PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE PA-P-*S CARTRIDGE PA5 5-4 Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

9 QUICK SELECTION GUIDE SECTION 6 - MOTION CONTROL VALVES OVERCENTRE VALVE OVERCENTRE VALVE BALANCED RELIEF OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED OVERCENTRE VALVE WITH COUNTERBALANCE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE CE CARTRIDGE 5 6- CE5 /8 6- CE9 CARTRIDGE CE95 / 6-5 CE CARTRIDGE CE5 /4 6-8 CE4 CARTRIDGE CE45 /4 6-5 CE CARTRIDGE CE5 /4 6-4 PILOT ASSISTED POPPET RELIEF PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE CER CARTRIDGE 5 6- CER5 /8 6- CER9 CARTRIDGE CER95 / 6-6 CER4 CARTRIDGE CER45 /4 6- PILOT ASSISTED POPPET RELIEF CEB CARTRIDGE 5 6- CEB5 /8 6- CEB9 CARTRIDGE CEB95 / 6-7 CEBD9 CARTRIDGE CEB CARTRIDGE CEB5 /4 6-9 CEBD CARTRIDGE CEB CARTRIDGE CEB5 /4 6-5 CEBD CARTRIDGE PILOT ASSISTED POPPET RELIEF PORT SIZE PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) P MAX (Bar) PAGE PAGE CEL CARTRIDGE CEL5 /8 6-5 CEL9 CARTRIDGE CEL95 / 6-75 CEL4 CARTRIDGE CEL45 /4 6-5 Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) G

10 QUICK SELECTION GUIDE SECTION 6 - MOTION CONTROL VALVES OVERCENTRE VALVE ZERO DIFFERENTIAL DUAL OVERCENTRE VALVE DUAL OVERCENTRE VALVE BALANCED RELIEF DUAL OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED PILOT ASSISTED POPPET RELEIF PILOT ASSISTED POPPET RELIEF PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE CEE4 / CEE95 / CEE5 / CEE45 / CEE5 / PILOT ASSISTED POPPET RELIEF PORT SIZE PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) P MAX (Bar) PAGE CPB CARTRIDGE CPB5 /8 6-7 CPBD CARTRIDGE CPBD9 CARTRIDGE CPBD CARTRIDGE CPBD CARTRIDGE PAGE CEER4 / CEER95 / CEER45 / PILOT ASSISTED POPPET RELIEF PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE CEEB4 / CEEB95 / CEEB5 / CEEB5 / DUAL OVERCENTRE VALVE WITH COUNTERBALANCE PILOT ASSISTED POPPET RELIEF PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE CEEL4 / CEEL95 / CEEL45 / OVERCENTRE VALVES BANJO MOUNTED PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE CBE*5 / CBE*5 / Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

11 QUICK SELECTION GUIDE SECTION 6 - MOTION CONTROL VALVES OVERCENTRE INTERNAL PILOT THROUGH PORTED PILOT ASSISTED POPPET RELIEF PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE CE*6 / CE*56 / CE56 / OVERCENTRE VALVES GASKET MOUNTED PILOT ASSISTED POPPET RELIEF PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE CE*G5 / CE*G5 / CEG5 / DUAL OVERCENTRE VALVE WITH BRAKE SHUTTLE MOTION CONTROL AND LOCK VALVE MOTION CONTROL VALVES WITH BRAKE SHUTTLE HOSE BURST PROTECTION PILOT ASSISTED POPPET RELIEF PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE CEESH5 / CEESH95 / CEESH5 / CEESH5 / PILOT ASSISTED POPPET RELIEF CEEC5 / CEEC95 / CEEC CEEC5 / PILOT ASSISTED POPPET RELIEF PORT SIZE PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) P MAX (Bar) PAGE PAGE CEECSH5 / CEECSH95 / CEECSH CEECSH5 / BOOMLOCK PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE CEBL / CEBL / SAE FLANGE CEBL / CEBL9 / CEBL5 / CEBL56 /4 SAE FLANGE CEBL56 SAE FLANGE CEBL556 -/4 SAE FLANGE Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) G

12 QUICK SELECTION GUIDE SECTION 7 - CHECK VALVES CHECK VALVES PILOT TO OPEN CHECK VALVES GUIDED POPPET LINE MOUNTED FPR /4 / FPR /8 / FPR / / FPR /4 / FPR FPR./4 / FPR./ / 7- HARDENED POPPET PORT SIZE PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) P MAX (Bar) PAGE PAGE 4CK CARTRIDGE CK5 / CK9 CARTRIDGE CK95 / 7-6 4CKD9 CARTRIDGE CKD95 / 7-6 4CK CARTRIDGE CK5 / CK CARTRIDGE CK5 / KD5 / PILOT TO CLOSE CHECK VALVES HARDENED POPPET PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE 5CK CARTRIDGE 5 7-5CK5 /8 7-5CK CARTRIDGE 5 7-5CK5 /4 7-5CK CARTRIDGE CK5 /4 7- DUAL PILOT OPERATED CHECK VALVES HARDENED POPPET PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE 4CKK4 / CKK95 / CKKD95 / CKK5 / CKK5 / Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

13 QUICK SELECTION GUIDE SECTION 9 - FLOW REGULATORS FLOW REGULATOR DIVERTER VALVES SOLENOID SWITCH PRIORITY STYLE PORT SIZE Q RATED (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE FPH55 / FPH95 / FPH FPH FPH5 / Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

14 QUICK SELECTION GUIDE SECTION - DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES SOLENOID VALVES -WAY, -POSITION SPOOL/POPPET PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE S9 Poppet CARTRIDGE -7 S9 Poppet /8 / -7 SOLENOID VALVES 4-WAY, -POSITION SPOOL PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE S57 CARTRIDGE 5-4 S57 CARTRIDGE 4-6 S57 CARTRIDGE 4-8 S574 CARTRIDGE 4-4 S577R CARTRIDGE 7-4 SECTION - PROPORTIONAL VALVES PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES SOLENOID OPERATED PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE PDRA CARTRIDGE.5 5 /-5 PDRA /4 /8 /-5 FLOW CONTROL VALVES SOLENOID OPERATED COMPENSATED PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE PFR 4A CARTRIDGE 8 /9- PFR 4A /4 /8 /9- Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

15 QUICK SELECTION GUIDE SECTION - UNLOADING VALVES UNLOADING VALVES PILOT OPERATED SLIDING SPOOL PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE UL6 CARTRIDGE UL65 / - PRIORITY UNLOADING VALVES PILOT OPERATED SLIDING SPOOL PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE PUL6 CARTRIDGE PUL65 / - PUL CARTRIDGE 5 - PUL5 - SECTION - SHUTTLE VALVES SHUTTLE VALVE BALL TYPE PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE SH CARTRIDGE 5-5 HOT OIL SHUTTLE VALVE SPOOL TYPE PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE HSH7 CARTRIDGE HSH75 / /4-85 LOGIC ELEMENTS SPOOL TYPE PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE LE4 CARTRIDGE LE45./4./ -5 LEV4 CARTRIDGE LEV45./4./ -8 Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

16 QUICK SELECTION GUIDE SECTION 4 - CETOP /5 OVERCENTRE SANDWICH VALVES OVERCENTRE VALVES PILOT ASSISTED WITH RELIEF CHECK PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE ACE*/BCE* Cetop 5 4-5ACE*/5BCE* Cetop DUAL OVERCENTRE VALVES PILOT ASSISTED WITH RELIEF CHECK PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE ABCE* Cetop 5 4-5ABCE* Cetop CHECK VALVES PILOT TO OPEN PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE ACK/BCK Cetop 5 4-5ACK/BCK Cetop DUAL CHECK VALVES PILOT TO OPEN PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE 5ABCK Cetop 5 4-5ABCK Cetop SECTION 5 - MOTOR MOUNTED VALVES Contact office for further details DANFOSS DUAL RELIEF VALVES PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE CLLROMP5 / CLLROMS5 / DANFOSS OVERCENTRE VALVES PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE CEEOMP5 / CEEOMS95 / CEOMP5 / CEOMS95 / CEESHOMP5 / CEESHOMS95 / CESHOMP5 / CESHOMS95 / Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) G

17 QUICK SELECTION GUIDE SECTION 6 - HYDRAULIC INTEGRATED CIRCUITS & SPECIAL PRODUCTS HAND PUMP INTEGRATED CIRCUIT PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) Contact office for further details P MAX (Bar) PAGE HP7 CARTRIDGE 5 6- HP75 /8 / 5 6- PRESSURE INTENSIFIER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT PORT SIZE Q NOM (L/min) P MAX (Bar) PAGE T6 / Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) H

18 CONTENTS SECTION - RELIEF VALVES This section contains a wide variety of relief valves suitable for most applications, with flows up to 8 litres/min ( US GPM) and pressures up to 4 bar (58 psi). Valves available include direct acting, poppet type reliefs suitable for safety and fast acting requirements and pilot operated valves giving good, accurate control over widely varying flows. SELECTION SECTION SERIES APPLICATION RANGE PAGE GR Direct acting guided piston Low pressure applications for radiator bypass or low pressure close control 4 bar max ( psi) 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) -6 to -7 LR Direct acting differential area, poppet type Ideal for use as a relief where fast action is necessary to protect actuators 5 bar max (5 psi) 8 litres/min ( US GPM) -8 to -9 VR Pilot operated sliding spool, ventable For use as a control valve giving accuracy of setting over a wide band of flow with dump or secondary pressure facility 5 bar max (5 psi) litres/min (5 US GPM) - to - Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

19 TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLES ARC 7VR AR LR SYSTEM RELIEF RELIEF SERVICE LINE RELIEF BYPASS RELIEF PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE All pressure control valves manufactured by Integrated Hydraulics are designed to be Pressure Accessories in accordance with article section of the Pressure Equipment Directive and Sound Engineering Practice and sold in good faith as such. For Safety Accessories as defined in article section.4 of the Pressure Equipment Directive please contact the UK Technical Sales Department. ADJUSTMENTS The adjustment range and Max setting figures shown throughout this catalogue give the design range for each valve, higher or lower values may be attainable but should not be used without first contacting our Engineering department. Setting must ALWAYS be carried out using an appropriate gauge and it must NOT be assumed that screwing an adjuster to its maximum or minimum position will yield the maximum or minimum stated design setting for that valve. ø6.5 ø7. 8. P - LEAKPROOF SCREW R - HANDKNOB G - TAMPERPROOF CAP F - SCREW Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) H

20 RELIEF VALVES Our brave new world of Hydraulics provides technology to industry that is ever improving and more complex. The demand for machines that think for themselves reducing human error have inspired the engineering fraternity to ever greater feats of hydraulic ingenuity. The simple directional valve has become an electronically controlled mechanism that provides fine control to the movement of machinery. The pump has become more efficient by adding feed back controls in the form of pressure compensation and load sensing, providing stable controlled flow to a pre-determined level to reduce energy losses. Even some actuators have built in transducers to provide position feed back completing the loop. It is a shame that when using this modern technology the simpler and most important valve in a system can be as crude as a ball on a seat. The humble relief valve takes a back seat to the point where great effort is made not to allow this valve its rightful roll in providing the ultimate system protection. "Don't let it operate because it is noisy" or "we can not guarantee that the pressure control will be consistent". "The valve opens too soon and does not close quickly enough". From the main system relief to the safety relief there are valves available that are equally advanced in their innovation and technology as the higher profile pumps, directional control valves and actuators. The problem is that many engineers do not understand the reasons for the different designs and their individual applications or how to assess the performance. This article will attempt to throw some light on what is available and where to apply the different designs. It is true that the simplest relief valve is a ball sitting on a seat with a spring keeping it closed until the pressure over the area of the seat is high enough to allow the valve to open and allow flow to pass. The flow capacity is limited by the size of the seat and the pressure difference across the opening. To get more flow across the valve the ball has to move further back against the spring increasing the force and therefore the required pressure. A basic relief valve curve will look like Graph. Graph. Basic relief curve Pressure increase due to spring rate Graph is based on a poppet style direct acting relief. The cracking pressure is the point "A" at which the pressure over the area of the seat is the same as the spring force. The initial opening characteristic "B" depends on the cone angle of the poppet, the second section of the curve "C" depends on the relationship between the design of the poppet and its movement which is effected by the rate of the spring, generally the higher the spring rate the steeper the gradient. As more flow passes through the valve the relief curve will meet the orifice curve "D". The performance of a direct acting relief valve can be altered by innovative poppet design. By using the flow forces to help open the valve the effect of a high rate spring can be reduced and the gradient be kept relatively flat. PRESSURE B C D Initial opening Cracking pressure A Hysterisis Reseat pressure Orifice curve FLOW

21 Figure. DR Direct acting poppet Pressure () Tank () Figure shows a section through a typical relief valve where the poppet design allows for a relatively low pressure rise due to increase in flow. A problem with this type of valve is that too much flow can cause the valve to have a negative pressure rise causing the valve to go unstable with fluctuating pressure. The re-seat and repeatability of the valve depends upon the hysterisis. Internal seals cause friction against the bore as the valve tries to close. If a seal is under pressure then the hysterisis increases, graph. Graph. Relief Curve showing the effect of hysterisis DR-S Bar CRACK PRESSURE FLOW = L/MIN P/BAR PRESSURE VS FLOW Caner : LPM Figure shows a typical pilot operated, spool type relief valve that gives good control over varying flows. This valve, due to its design, allows a high flow to pass with very little rise in inlet pressure. The valve has a good re-seat and good repeatability due to there being no internal seals. A pilot operated relief valve is suitable as a main pressure control but due to the two stage design it is not suitable for safety applications where speed of operation is important. In the case of a rapid increase in inlet pressure the system will be subject to a longer pressure spike than if a direct acting valve where used. Figure. AR pilot operated spool Pressure () Tank () Increasing the flow capacity of a direct acting valve by reducing the area over which the pressure acts is possible, figure shows a differential area poppet type relief valve that has the capability of very fast action and a high flow capacity for its size. The internal seal is subject to inlet pressure so the valve will display relatively poor re-seat characteristics. The design of the poppet is such that as the valve begins to open the flow past the poppet draws oil from the spring chamber (by venturi effect over the small holes in the poppet annulus) causing initial over opening. This removes most of the pressure spike. The valve is therefore highly suitable as protection for actuators. Figure. LR direct acting differential area Pressure () Tank () A poppet valve should not leak more than / cc/min up to the cracking pressure allowing it to be placed in a line where low leakage is important, and performing duties such as a service line relief. A simple relief valve like this will give cost effective relief protection to small systems or where the valve is not the main pressure control but a pressure limiting device. They are not generally suitable for high flows because the spring would have to be of excessively high rate which would give an unacceptably steep relief curve.

22 RELIEF VALVES Graph. Comparison of Pilot and direct acting differential area type opening curves PRESSURE Pilot style Relief Differential Area Relief Speed of Operation TIME MS Graph 4. Opening characteristics of pilot style relief P(t) TEST8 (Z) SEC Graph 5. Opening characteristics of direct acting relief P(t) TEST8 (Z) SEC

23 Figure 4. GR6 Direct acting spool Pressure () Tank () Graph shows a comparison between the typical opening characteristics of a pilot style valve and a differential area direct acting valve with the special poppet described above. The difference between the opening characteristics of a pilot style relief valve and a direct acting spool type relief valve are shown in graph 4 & 5 respectively, graph 4 clearly illustrating the pressure spike permitted by the pilot style valve. Figure 4 shows a spool type direct acting relief valve. These are suitable for low pressure systems where stable or constant operation is required. They provide quiet operation even with fluctuating pressures. The spool opens up a ring of holes in the sleeve that gives a more gradual increase in flow area than a poppet valve. Spool valves will give between 5 and cc/min leakage before they open. From overall pressure control to actuator protection the relief has to be of the correct type to ensure sound performance and component integrity There are also electrically controlled proportional valves available that tie in with electronic systems. That is another subject but they should never be allowed to replace the humble mechanical relief valve, the correct application of which can permit a machine to operate to its optimum performance over a long period. Figure 5. VR Ventable relief Pressure () Tank () Vent () The four main types of relief valve as detailed above cover most applications but there are many variations on a theme that give flexibility to a systems design. Figure 6. UAR Unloading relief Ventable relief valves, figure 5, are used to provide an unloading function, presenting an ability to be remotely operated and the possibility of switching between more than one pressure. Pressure () Tank () Unloading relief valves or 'kick down' valves, figure 6, provide an off load of pressure when the setting is reached, the valve remains fully open until the pressure falls to zero. This removes any force created by an actuator that could cause mechanical damage within a system. In order to simplify the design of a circuit and reduce its cost system designers frequently require a valve to perform additional functions, two such valves are shown below, figure 7 a relief valve in conjunction with bypass check and figure 8 a cross line relief valve. Figure 7. ACR Relief combined with by-pass check Tank () Pressure () Figure 8. CLLR5 Dual relief When designing hydraulic systems it is important to consider the performance of the minor components such as relief valves. These may be minor in cost but they have a major impact in terms of value. A poor relief valve can effect the efficiency and life of a complete machine. From overall pressure control to actuator protection the relief has to be of the correct type to ensure sound performance and component integrity. Pressure () Pressure ()

24 GR SERIES RELIEF VALVE DIRECT ACTING (ISO CAVITY NUMBER: ) GR6 SLIDING SPOOL TYPE PRESSURE () TANK () APPLICATION To limit pressure in a system. Good for continuous duty and accurate pressure control with constant or varying flows. OPERATION The valve is held closed by the spring until pressure on the piston overcomes the valve setting, allowing relief flow to tank through a ring of radial holes. FEATURES High accuracy of pilot operated design. Hardened working parts give long, reliable, trouble-free life. Cartridge construction for installation into your own manifold. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow 6 litres/min (6 US GPM) PRESSURE DROP Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material 4 bar (6 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option FLOW-US GPM Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Unrestricted CVA-- (See Section 7) 45 Nm ( lbs ft) PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-PSI Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level GR6 GR65 GR66.8 kg (.4 lbs).6 kg (.8 lbs).48 kg (. lbs) SK696 (Nitrile) SK696V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) Operating Temp Leakage - C to +9 C (Standard seals) 5 bar FLOW LITRES/MIN Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

25 CARTRIDGE ONLY COMPLETE VALVE /8 / PORTS BASIC CODE: GR6. 5. MAX HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F 7. A/F 4. A/F M X.5-6g TANK () BASIC CODE: GR65 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 A758 / A SAE, aluminium /8 A78 / A78 BSP, steel /8 A SAE, steel / A MAX PRESSURE () HOLE ø9. THRO' 5.8 COMPLETE VALVE / PORTS BASIC CODE: GR66 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / B SAE, aluminium / B78 BSP, steel / B MAX SAE, steel / B MOUNTING HOLES ø9. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code GR6 = Cartridge Only GR65 = Cartridge and Body GR66 = Cartridge and Body through ported Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment R = Handknob Adjustment G = Tamperproof Cap (See page - for dimensions) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP 6T = /8 SAE 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE GR** P W We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 4 S Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.8 l/min = 5- bar. Std setting bar 4 = 5-4 bar. Std setting 8 bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min -6.F

26 GR SERIES RELIEF VALVE DIRECT ACTING GR TANK () SLIDING SPOOL TYPE PRESSURE () GR TANK () SLIDING SPOOL TYPE PRESSURE () APPLICATION Ideal for low pressure applications, giving good control with fairly constant flow. Also very quiet in operation when applied on low flow or unstable hydraulic systems. OPERATION The valve is held closed by the spring until pressure on the piston overcomes the valve setting, allowing relief flow to tank through a ring of radial holes. PRESSURE DROP 75 FLOW-US GPM GR 5 5 FEATURES Stable, quiet operation. Cartridge construction to give maximum flexibility in mounting. Offering good repeatability and reseat. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material GR GR GR GR litres/min (8 US GPM) 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) 6 bar ( psi) 4 bar (6 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US 4 FLOW LITRES/MIN GPM GR 6 9 FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-PSI Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operation Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A88 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) GR/GR GR5/GR45 GR6/GR5 GR55. kg (.7 lbs).54 kg (. lbs).9 kg (. lbs).8 kg (.4 lbs) SK9 (Nitrile) SK9V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 millilitres/min nominal 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

27 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: GR OR GR 54. MAX HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F 7. A/F 8.5 A/F COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: GR5 OR GR45 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / B485 /4 B954 / /4 PORTS -4 UNS-A. MAX TANK () PRESSURE () COMPLETE VALVE /8 / /4 PORTS COMPLETE VALVE PORTS BASIC CODE: GR6 OR GR5 BASIC CODE: GR55 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 C84 / C44 /4 C86 SAE, aluminium /8 B784 / C74 /4 B56 BSP, steel / C59 /4 C497 SAE, steel /4 B74 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium B67 SAE, aluminium B7 BSP, steel B4596 SAE, steel B44 HOLES ø8.7 THRO' MAX MAX Where measurements are critical request certified drawings HOLES ø. THRO' ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE GR** W Basic Code GR / GR = Cartridge Only GR5 / GR45 = Cartridge and Body GR6 / GR5 / GR55 = Cartridge and Body through ported Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment R = Handknob Adjustment G = Tamperproof Cap (See page - for dimensions) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP 6T = /8 SAE 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE 6W = /4 BSP T = /4 SAE 8W = BSP 6T = SAE We reserve the right to change specifications without notice P 6 S Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.8 l/min GR: 7 = 7-7 bar. Std setting 5 bar 6 = 4-6 bar. Std setting 55 bar GR:.6 =.-6 bar. Std setting 6 bar = 5-5 bar. Std setting bar 4 = 5-4 bar. Std setting 8 bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min -7.F

28 LR SERIES RELIEF VALVE DIRECT ACTING DIFFERENTIAL AREA LR POPPET TYPE PRESSURE () TANK () APPLICATION Ideal for intermittent duty as protection against overload or surge conditions for all types of actuators. Very fast acting and extremely dirt tolerant. FEATURES Dirt tolerant, robust and consistent with good pressure rise to increase in flow characteristics for a direct acting valve. Cartridge construction provides for maximum flexiblity in mounting at the point where it is most needed. OPERATION Pressure acts over the differentail area between the seat and seal on the poppet. When the pressure exceeds the setting, the valve opens, allowing relief flow to tank, washing contaminant away from the seat. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material 8 litres/min ( US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated PRESSURE DROP Body Material Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option Mounting Position Unrestricted Cavity Number A6 (See Section 7) FLOW-US GPM Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number 5 Nm ( lbs ft) LR LR5.4 kg (. lbs).8 kg (4.6 lbs) SK7 (Nitrile) SK7V (Viton) PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-PSI Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C millilitre/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst FLOW LITRES/MIN *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

29 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: LR 7. APPROX A/F -5/8- UN-A PRESSURE () TANK () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: LR5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B54 SAE, aluminium /4 B778 /4 PORTS BSP, steel /4 B88 SAE, steel /4 B55 8 MAX HOLES DIA 9MM Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE LR*** F W 5 S Basic Code LR = Cartridge Only LR5 = Cartridge and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /4 BSP T = /4 SAE Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure l/min = 5- bar. Std setting bar 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting 8 bar Std setting made at litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice -9.H

30 VR SERIES VENTABLE RELIEF VALVE PILOT OPERATED VR SLIDING SPOOL TYPE TANK () VENT () PRESSURE () APPLICATION To limit pressure in a system. Good for continuous duty and accurate pressure control with constant or varying flows. The vent feature can be used with remote pilot section for a two-pressure system or to allow manual or remote unloading of the pump. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow litres/min (6 US GPM) Max Setting 5 bar (5 psi) OPERATION When inlet pressure exceeds the setting of the valve, the pilot section opens. The pilot flow causes a pressure imbalance across the main section spool causing it to open, allowing relief flow to tank. When vented, pilot flow is referenced directly to tank, bypassing the pilot section. This flow through the vent causes a pressure imbalance, opening the main section and dumping the pump at minimum pressure drop. FEATURES High accuracy of pilot operated design. Hardened working parts give long, reliable, trouble-free life. Ventible for versatility of application. Cartridge construction for installation into your own manifold. Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A46 (See Section 7) 75 Nm (55 lbs ft) VR VR5.46 kg (. lbs). kg (.5 lbs) SK75 (Nitrile) SK75V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 8 bar 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

31 4 5 FLOW-US GPM 4 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM 7 6 VENTED PRESSURE DROP 9 4 PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-PSI 6 9 FLOW LITRES/MIN FLOW LITRES/MIN 5 CARTRIDGE ONLY COMPLETE VALVE /4 PORTS BASIC CODE: VR HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F BASIC CODE: VR5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B477 SAE, aluminium /4 B785 BSP, steel /4 B478 SAE, steel /4 B A/F 55. MAX. A/F VENT () -/8 - UNF-A MAX G./4 (/4 SAE) TANK () HOLES Ø 9. THRO' PRESSURE () 8. Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE VR*** P 4W 5 S Basic Code VR = Cartridge Only VR5 = Cartridge and Body Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment G = Tamperproof Cap (See page - for dimensions) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6W = /4 BSP T = /4 SAE Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4 l/min =- bar. Std setting bar 5 =-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice -.D

32 VR SERIES VENTABLE RELIEF VALVE PILOT OPERATED VR SLIDING SPOOL TYPE TANK () VENT () PRESSURE () APPLICATION To limit pressure in a system. Good for continuous duty and accurate pressure control with constant or varying flows. The vent feature can be used with a remote pilot section for a two-pressure system or to allow manual or remote unloading of the pump. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow litres/min (5 US GPM) Max Setting 5 bar (5 psi) OPERATION When inlet pressure exceeds the setting of the valve, the pilot section opens. The pilot flow causes a pressure imbalance across the main section spool causing it to open, allowing relief flow to tank. When vented, pilot flow is referenced directly to tank, bypassing the pilot section. This flow through the vent port causes a pressure imbalance, opening the main section and dumping the pump at minimum pressure drop. FEATURES High accuracy of pilot operated design. Hardened working parts give long, reliable, trouble-free life. Ventible for versatility of application. Cartridge construction for installation into your own manifold. Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A6 (See Section 7) Nm (7 lbs ft) VR.74 kg (.6 lbs) VR5.8 kg (4. lbs) SK7 (Nitrile) SK7V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 8 bar 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

33 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-BAR 75 5 VENTED PRESSURE DROP PRESSURE-PSI FLOW LITRES/MIN FLOW LITRES/MIN 5 5 CARTRIDGE ONLY COMPLETE VALVE PORTS BASIC CODE: VR BASIC CODE: VR5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium B496 SAE, aluminium B687 BSP, steel B497 SAE, steel B555 HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F 7. A/F MAX VENT () 8. A/F -5/6 - UN-A 55.5 MAX TANK () HOLES ø 9. THRO'. PRESSURE () Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code VR = Cartridge Only VR5 = Cartridge and Body Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment G = Tamperproof Cap (See page - for dimensions) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 8W = BSP 6T = SAE VR*** P 8W 5 S Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4 l/min = - bar. Std setting bar 5 = -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice -.D

34 CONTENTS SECTION - DUAL RELIEF VALVES / CROSS LINE RELIEF VALVES This section includes three main types of dual relief valve: ) Differential area/direct acting poppet type including single or dual cartridge versions. ) Direct acting with make up checks. ) Pilot type with vent feature and make up checks. Flows up to 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) and pressures up to 5 bar (5 psi). SELECTION SECTION SERIES APPLICATION RANGE PAGE DDR Direct acting, two-cartridge design Maximum flexibility with separate relief settings and through ports for ease of mounting 4 bar (5 psi) litres/min (8 US GPM) - CLLR Single cartridge, two way relief With single adjustment giving compact solution to dual relief where line settings are the same 5 bar (5 psi) 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) -5 to - Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

35 TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLES CLLR DUAL RELIEF SINGLE CARTRIDGE PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE All pressure control valves manufactured by Integrated Hydraulics are designed to be Pressure Accessories in accordance with article section of the Pressure Equipment Directive and Sound Engineering Practice and sold in good faith as such. For Safety Accessories as defined in article section.4 of the Pressure Equipment Directive please contact the UK Technical Sales Department. ADJUSTMENTS The adjustment range and Max setting figures shown throughout this catalogue give the design range for each valve, higher or lower values may be attainable but should not be used without first contacting our Engineering department. Setting must ALWAYS be carried out using an appropriate gauge and it must NOT be assumed that screwing an adjuster to its maximum or minimum position will yield the maximum or minimum stated design setting for that valve. ø6.5 ø7. 8. P - LEAKPROOF SCREW R - HANDKNOB G - TAMPERPROOF CAP F - SCREW Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

36 CLLR SERIES DUAL RELIEF VALVE DIRECT ACTING DIFFERENTIAL AREA CLLR5 POPPET TYPE P (P) (P) P APPLICATION To protect both lines in a circuit from over pressurisation by relieving oil to the other line. Ideal for use with motors or directional valves as a safety relief. Differential area, fast acting, poppet valve. OPERATION Pressure acts over one of two differential areas forcing the poppet back allowing relief flow to the other port. This being a single cartridge is ideal for mounting on to the motor in a special housing. PRESSURE DROP FEATURES Single cartridge relieving in both directions cutting down space requirements, giving full adjustment through its range on both pressures at the same time. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material 5 litres/min ( US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External steel surfaces zinc plate. Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option FLOW-US GPM Mounting Position Unrestricted Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity A7 (See Section 7) Nm ( lbs ft) PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-PSI Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level CLLR5 CLLR55. kg (.5 lbs).8 kg (.8 lbs) SK8 (Nitrile) SK8V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) 5 Operating Temp Leakage - C to +9 C 5 millilitres/min 4 5 Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst FLOW LITRES/MIN *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

37 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CLLR5 SCREW IN TO INCREASE PRESSURE SETTING SCREW OUT TO DECREASE PRESSURE SETTING 5. A/F HEX. A/F HEX 5. A/F HEX /8-4 UNF-B. (P) (P) Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CLLR55 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium /8 B95 / B956 / B94 /8 / PORTS SAE, steel / B Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CLLR*** F W 5 S Basic Code CLLR5 = Cartridge Only CLLR55 = Cartridge and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.5 l/min 7 = 5-75 bar. Std setting 5 bar 5 = 4-5 bar. Std setting 8 bar Std setting made at 4.5 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice -6.C

38 CLLR SERIES DUAL RELIEF VALVE DIRECT ACTING DIFFERENTIAL AREA CLLR POPPET TYPE P PRESSURE/TANK () PRESSURE/TANK () P APPLICATION To protect both lines in a circuit from over pressurisation by relieving oil to the other line. Ideal for use with motors or directional valves as a safety relief. Differential area, fast acting, poppet valve. OPERATION Pressure acts over one of two differential areas forcing the poppet back allowing relief flow to the other port. This being a single cartridge is ideal for mounting on to the motor in a special housing. PRESSURE DROP FEATURES Single cartridge relieving in both directions cutting down space requirements, giving full adjustment through its range on both pressures at the same time. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External steel surfaces black oxide Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option Mounting Position Unrestricted FLOW-US GPM Cavity Number A878 (See Section 7) Torque Cartridge into Cavity 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) Weight CLLR CLLR5 CLLR55. kg (.5 lbs).8 kg (.8 lbs). kg (.4 lbs) PRESSURE-BAR FLOW LITRES/MIN 9 5 PRESSURE-PSI Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range SK64 (Nitrile) SK64V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 millilitres/min 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

39 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CLLR COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CLLR5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B67 B69 SAE, aluminium /4 B449 B87 /4 PORTS BSP, steel /4 B564 B54 SAE, steel B8 HEX SOCKET ADJUST 5. A/F MAX Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm 5.4 A/F 7/8-4 UNF-A MAX HOLES ø.5 THRO' COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CLLR55 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B6 SAE, aluminium /4 B6 HOLES ø9. THRO' 98. /4 PORTS BSP, steel /4 B MAX Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CLLR*** F 6W 5 S Basic Code CLLR = Cartridge Only CLLR5 = Cartridge and Body CLLR55 = Cartridge and Body through ported Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6W = /4 BSP T = /4 SAE 8W = BSP 6T = SAE Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4 l/min 5 = 4-5 bar. Std setting 8 bar Std setting made at 4 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice -.D

40 SEQUENCE VALVES Figure. DS6 Direct Acting Sequence Valve Figure. PS6 Pilot Operated Sequence Valve Figure. UPS Unloading, Pilot Operated Sequence Valve Figure 4. PSC Pilot Operated Sequence Valve with Reverse Flow Check Figure 5. PSC Direct Acting Sequence Valve with Reverse Flow Check It s entirely natural to succumb to labels and judge a book by it s cover - even in the field of hydraulics. But some components refuse to be bound by the accepted norms... In the modern era, correct identification is paramount. Many people carry ID cards describing them by name and photograph. For some of us this may be acceptable but when people try to 'pigeon hole' us we begin to react. We may like to think that we are multi-cultured and multi skilled, yet it is natural for us to assess things by the cover or the title. When we do this, we miss the diverse nature of people and things around us. This extends to our understanding and subsequent application of hydraulic valves. The science of hydraulics is fairly simple - once the concepts of flow and pressure are understood together with their effect on mechanical components, the function of a valve or an actuator becomes clear. Unfortunately, we do not always stop to understand what the hydraulic function is outside of the description of a component and therefore the limitations placed on it by documentation. Few would advocate product being used outside of the parameters laid down in catalogue data sheets, but the innovative use of such product is to be applauded. Taking Sequence valves as an example: These are used to sequence operations by preventing flow until a pre-determined pressure is reached. The only difference between this and a relief valve is that the former has a spring chamber drain to a separate port. This prevents down stream pressure increasing the setting of the valve. Provided the inlet pressure is higher than the setting, plus any back pressure on the drain line, the valve will remain open, allowing flow from inlet to outlet. There are several types of sequence valve, each with its own performance envelope and special characteristics. ) Direct acting spool type. (DS6): The drawing shows a section through a cartridge version of a direct acting sequence valve. The pressure rises at the inlet (port ) until the resultant force over the spool area overcomes the spring force. This causes the spool to move back against the spring, opening the inlet to the sequence port. Provided the inlet pressure is higher than that in the sequenced port, flow will take place from port to port. There is no connection between the sequence port and the spring chamber, so as the pressure rises in the sequenced port the effective setting of the valve remains the same. Downstream pressure has no effect on the pressure required to keep the valve open.

41 With a direct acting sequence the greater the flow through the valve, the further the spool has to move back against the spring. This requires an increase in inlet pressure that corresponds to the extra compression of the spring. ) Pilot Operated Sequence valve. (PS6): As with pilot operated relief valves, the pilot operated sequence valve does not require much increase in pressure differential to pass more flow. This makes the valve more suitable for varying flows and systems where the setting has to be close to the maximum working pressure. In this case the inlet pressure acts on the pilot seat area and eventually causes the ball to move back against the spring. This creates a flow to tank via the drain port. The initial flow passes across the small orifice in the main spool, causing a pressure imbalance that moves the main spool back against a light spring. It does not take much pressure increase to move the spool fully back, so the valve will therefore go from fully closed to fully open over a very small pressure increase. One disadvantage with this over the direct acting valve is the constant flow to tank through the pilot section of the valve. ) Unloading Sequence Valves (UPS): Most sequence valves need to maintain a higher inlet pressure than the set pressure to keep the valve open. This, in some cases, can be inefficient especially if the second operation is working at a lower pressure than the setting....a look at the make up of this device reveals that it is no more than a logic element with an adjustable spring force keeping it closed. So much for boring descriptions! The fun part is making them do what you want: The standard circuit shown in all technical training manuals is the Guillotine circuit (figure 6). The modern version of this machine used for cutting metal relies on the sequence valve to make sure that the clamps remain on while the knife does it's job. Variations: This is valve use according to the description in the manual. But a look at the make up of this device reveals that it is no more than a logic element with an adjustable spring force keeping it closed. The unloading sequence valve allows the valve to open fully as soon as the setting is reached. The valve functions to open in a similar way to the pilot operated valve except that when the setting is reached, the spool moves back and opens a separate hole, beyond the control orifice, in the spool to the outlet port. This means that the pressure behind the main spool will fall to the downstream pressure. The inlet pressure will then fall to the same pressure plus the pressure required to push the flow across the valve. This can be more efficient than the standard valve. 4) Sequence Valve with Reverse Flow Check (PSC): It is usual in a double-acting system for the flow to have to pass past the sequence valve in reverse direction. It is possible to mount a free-flow check valve around the cartridge but it is also possible to include this extra valve in the design. This cartridge includes the free-flow check, making giving a more compact solution. 5) Direct Acting Sequence Valve with Reverse Flow Check (PSC): For smaller flows, it is possible to have direct acting sequence valves with free-flow checks as standard in one cartridge. This valve is based on the overcentre valve components.

42 SEQUENCE VALVES Figure 6. Clamp Circuit Cutter Sequence Valves Clamp Operation When operated fluid will flow to the clamp cylinder closing it. At the end of its stroke, pressure will start to rise opening the sequence valve allowing flow to the knife. When the directional valve is switched to reverse the operation flow will pass first to the knife cylinder and only when it has reached the end of its stroke will the pressure rise sufficiently to open the sequence valve on the clamp line, allowing it to open. Return flow in both operations bypasses the sequence valve via the built in check elements. Controlling the pressure in, or the flow from the drain line opens up a number of possibilities. When using a pilot operated version of the valve, closing the drain line will close the valve. In this way, high flows can be turned on and off by using a small solenoid valve situated on the drain line. This can be a normally open or closed valve with the added option of a controllable pressure drop across the valve. By controlling the pressure in the drain line, you can use the valve in regenerative circuits, as below. When extending the cylinders, oil from the 'rod' side is prevented from passing back to tank by a check valve and is directed towards the 'bore side' of the cylinder. The flow will then pass through the sequence valve from the outlet to inlet. The pressure in the outlet will be higher than the inlet, which is higher than the set pressure of the sequence valve. The drain line is connected upstream of the check valve so that when retracting the cylinder, the working pressure increases the setting of the sequence valve and keeps it closed. The main advantage of using the sequence valve over a pilot to close check, is that when centring the directional valve, the pressure can be set higher than any residual pressure, thereby preventing any un-solicited extension of the cylinder. This kind of valve can also be used as a compensator in a pressure compensated flow regulator circuit (figure 8), whereby the drain line of the sequence valve is connected downstream of an adjustable orifice and the inlet of the sequence valve upstream, with the sequenced port connected to tank. The pressure drop across the orifice is sensed by the spool in the sequence valve. The pressure on the upstream side acts on the spool s nose and pressure on the downstream side acts on Figure 7. Regenerative circuit

43 Figure 8. Pressure Compensated Flow Regulator Adjustable Orifice Sequence Valve the other end of the spool in the spring chamber. If flow across the orifice increases due to a reduction in the downstream working pressure, then the pressure drop would increase and the sequence valve open further to by-pass excess flow to tank. The valve will therefore seek to maintain a constant flow irrespective of changes in working pressure. A final example of an innovative use of a sequence valve is as a load sense compensator (figure 9). By feeding a load sense signal into the spring chamber, the setting of the valve can be raised. This ensures that the pump will only ever see a pressure equivalent to the working pressure, plus the setting of the valve. This pressure can be limited by using a pilot relief valve on the drain line. The flow into the spring chamber has to be restricted for this to work, but a millimetre orifice normally works for me! There are many other potential uses for this valve by using the drain port as a remote control port. Why limit the utilisation of problem solving tools at your disposal by sticking to a name? Hydraulic valves can be versatile. Think hydraulics before you think description and look to performance, not to catalogue claims. Use science and understanding first and the product second but always consult the valve manufacturer before going too far, as all valves will have their limitations - some of which are far from obvious. Figure 9. Load Sensing Circuit Shuttle valve, senses the higher pressure in the service lines. Orifice Sequence valve, reacts to service line pressure dumping excess flow. Solenoid valve, unloads the system by venting the spring chamber of the sequence valve. Relief valve, limits maximum pressure in the system by limiting the pressure in the sequence valve spring chamber.

44 DS SERIES SEQUENCE VALVE DIRECT ACTING (ISO CAVITY NUMBER: ) DS6 SLIDING SPOOL TYPE SEQUENCE () DRAIN () INLET () 4 APPLICATION Direct acting sequence valves are ideal for diverting oil to a second circuit at a predetermined pressure as in clamp and drill circuits, or as a relief where the back pressure varies. By taking the drain line directly to tank, back pressure effects are negated. OPERATION As with the direct acting relief valves, when the pressure exceeds the spring force, the spool moves back, opening the inlet to outlet. FEATURES Stable, quiet operation. Cartridge construction gives maximum flexibility in mounting. Offering good repeatability and reseat. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material 6 litres/min (6 US GPM) 4 bar (58 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated PRESSURE DROP Body Material Mounting Position Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted Cavity Number CVA--6- (See Section 7) 6 FLOW-US GPM 9 5 Torque Cartridge into Cavity 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-PSI Weight Seal Kit Number Filtration DS6 DS65 DS66.6 kg (.5 lbs).5 kg (. lbs). kg (.4 lbs) SK68 (Nitrile) SK68V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) 5 Operating Temp - C to +9 C ORIFICE CURVE 4 5 FLOW LITRES/MIN 6 Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 5 millilitres/min nominal 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

45 CARTRIDGE ONLY COMPLETE VALVE /8 / PORTS BASIC CODE: DS6 HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F BASIC CODE: DS65 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B75 / B85 SAE, aluminium /8 B796 / B797 BSP, steel /8 B77 SAE, steel / B8 7. A/F MAX 7. A/F M X.5-6g DRAIN () SEQUENCED () INLET () HOLES ø9. THRO' MAX MAX HOLES ø9. THRO' COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: DS66 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / B48 BSP, steel / B48 / PORTS Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE DS** P W 4 S Basic Code DS6 = Cartridge Only DS65 = Cartridge and Body DS66 = Cartridge and Body Through ported Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment R = Handknob Adjustment G = Tamperproof Cap (See page 4- for dimensions) Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.8 l/min = - bar. Std setting 5 bar 4 = bar. Std setting 5 bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP 6T = /8 SAE 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE /4 BSP Drain Ports /4 SAE Drain Ports We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 4-.E

46 DS SERIES SEQUENCE VALVE DIRECT ACTING DS SLIDING SPOOL TYPE SEQUENCED () DRAIN () INLET () 4 DS SLIDING SPOOL TYPE INLET () SEQUENCED () DRAIN () APPLICATION Direct acting sequence valves are ideal for diverting oil to a second circuit at a predetermined pressure as in clamp and drill circuits, or as a relief where the back pressure varies. By taking the drain line directly to tank, back pressure effects are negated. OPERATION As with the direct acting relief valves, when the pressure exceeds the spring force, the spool moves back, opening the inlet to outlet. PRESSURE DROP PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM DS FLOW LITRES/MIN FLOW-US GPM DS PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-PSI FEATURES Stable, quiet operation. Cartridge construction gives maximum flexibility in mounting. Offering good repeatability and reseat. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Filtration Operating Temp Leakage DS DS DS DS litres/min (8 US GPM) 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External steel surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted DS/DS DS5/DS45 DS6/DS5 DS55.8 kg (.6 lbs).88 kg (.94 lbs).7 kg (.57 lbs).7 kg (.6 lbs) SK77 (Nitrile) SK77V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 4 bar ( psi) 4 bar (6 psi) A88 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) 5 millilitres/min nominal 5 millilitres/min nominal 6 FLOW LITRES/MIN 9 5 Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

47 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: DS DS HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F MAX 7. A/F 8.6 A/F DRAIN () -4 UNS SEQUENCED () 4 INLET () COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: DS5 /8 / PORTS DS45 /8 / /4 PORTS Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / B48 /4 B5466 SAE, aluminium /8 B79 / B6584 /4 B MAX 5.. BSP, steel / B457 /4 B44 SAE, steel /4 B HOLES ø. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE DS** P W 4 S Basic Code DS / DS DS5 / DS45 Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment R = Handknob Adjustment G = Tamperproof Cap (See page 4- for dimensions) = Cartridge Only = Cartridge and Body Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6T = /8 SAE 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE 6W = /4 BSP T = /4 SAE /4 BSP Drain Ports /4 SAE Drain Ports We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 4-.G Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.8 l/min DS: 7 = 7-7 bar. Std setting 5 bar 4 = 7-4 bar. Std setting 7 bar DS: = - 5 bar. Std setting bar 4 = 5-4 bar. Std setting 8 bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min

48 PS SERIES SEQUENCE VALVE PILOT OPERATED (ISO CAVITY NUMBER: ) PS6 SLIDING SPOOL TYPE SEQUENCED () DRAIN () INLET () 4 APPLICATION Pilot operated models are best suited for higher flows which may vary widely to:. Provide ordered or sequenced series of operations as in a clamp and drill circuit.. Serve as a relief valve where oil viscosity or restrictions in the downstream line would cause excessive back pressure. The separate spring chamber drain makes the sequence valve insensitive to this back pressure. Available with or without built-in reverse flow checks. FEATURES Hardened steel working parts give long, trouble-free life. Selectively matched honed assemblies give accurate performance. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow 6 litres/min (6 US GPM) OPERATION As in the pilot operated relief, when the setting of the valve is exceeded the pilot section opens. This pilot flow causes a pressure imbalance opening the main section and allowing flow to a secondary circuit (sequenced line). Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted PRESSURE DROP PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM 45 FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Filtration Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range CVA--6- (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) PS6 PS65 PS66.6 kg (.5 lbs).5 kg (. lbs). kg (.4 lbs) SK68 (Nitrile) SK68V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 8 bar 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

49 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: PS6 HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F MAX 7. A/F 7. A/F M X.5-6g DRAIN () SEQUENCED () IINLET () 4 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B75 / B85 PS65 SAE, aluminium /8 B796 / B797 /8 / PORTS BSP steel /8 B77 SAE, steel / B MAX HOLES ø9. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings Basic Code PS6 = Cartridge Only PS65 = Cartridge and Body Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment R = Handknob Adjustment G = Tamperproof Cap (See page 4- for dimensions) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP 6T = /4 SAE 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE /4 BSP Drain Ports /4 SAE Drain Ports ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE PS** P W 5 S We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.8 l/min = 7- bar. Std setting 5 bar =- bar. Std setting bar 5 =-5 bar. Std setting 8 bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min 4-.E

50 PS SERIES SEQUENCE VALVE PILOT OPERATED PS SLIDING SPOOL TYPE SEQUENCED () DRAIN () INLET () 4 APPLICATION Pilot operated sequence valves are ideal for systems where flows vary or the sequencing pressure is high. They provide ordered sequencing of two or more operations as with clamp and drill circuits. They can also be used as relief valves where the downstream pressure is high or changes during operation. By taking the drain line directly to tank, back pressure effects are negated. OPERATION As in the pilot operated relief valves, when the inlet pressure exceeds the valve setting, the pilot section opens causing a flow across the main spool orifice unbalancing it and subsequently moving it back against a light spring opening up the inlet to the outlet. PRESSURE DROP PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-PSI FEATURES Match ground and honed hardened working parts give long, trouble-free life. Consistent stable operation providing low pressure rise due to increasing flow. Cartridge construction gives maximum flexibility in mounting. Available in bodies with or without free flow checks. Steel valve bodies available on request. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Filtration Operating Temp 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A88 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) PS PS45 PS5 PS55.7 kg (.7 lbs).56 kg (. lbs).78 kg (.7 lbs).5 kg (. lbs) SK77 (Nitrile) SK77V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 6 FLOW LITRES/MIN 9 5 Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 5 8 bar 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

51 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: PS HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F 9. MAX 7. A/F 8.6 A/F DRAIN () 7. INLET () -4 UNS SEQUENCED () 4 COMPLETE VALVE /8 / /4 PORTS BASIC CODE: PS45 (WITHOUT BUILT-IN CHECK) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / B48 /4 B5466 SAE, aluminium /8 B79 / B6584 /4 B788 BSP, steel / B457 /4 B44 SAE, steel /4 B MAX HOLES ø. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE PS*** P W 5 S Basic Code PS PS45 PS55 = Cartridge Only = Cartridge and Body = Cartridge, Body and Check Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment R = Handknob Adjustment G = Tamperproof Cap (See page 4- for dimensions) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6T = /8 SAE 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE 6W = /4 BSP T = /4 SAE /4 BSP Drain Ports /4 SAE Drain Ports We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4 l/min 7 =-7 bar. Std setting 5 bar =- bar. Std setting bar 5 =5-5 bar. Std setting 8 bar Std setting made at 4 litres/min 4-4.G

52 PS SERIES SEQUENCE VALVE PILOT OPERATED PS SLIDING SPOOL TYPE SEQUENCED () DRAIN () INLET () 4 APPLICATION Pilot operated sequence valves are ideal for systems where flows vary or the sequencing pressure is high. They provide ordered sequencing of two or more operations as with clamp and drill circuits. They can also be used as relief valves where the downstream pressure is high or changes during operation. By taking the drain line directly to tank, back pressure effects are negated. OPERATION As in the pilot operated relief valves, when the inlet pressure exceeds the valve setting, the pilot section opens causing a flow across the main spool orifice unbalancing it and subsequently moving it back against a light spring opening up the inlet to the outlet. PRESSURE DROP PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-PSI FEATURES Match ground and honed hardened working parts give long, trouble-free life. Consistent stable operation providing low pressure rise due to increasing flow. Cartridge construction gives maximum flexibility in mounting. Available in bodies with or without free flow checks. Steel valve bodies available on request. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Filtration Operating Temp Leakage 5 litres/min (6 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A6 (See Section 7) Nm (76 lbs ft) PS PS5.7 kg (.6 lbs).6 kg (.6 lbs) SK7 (Nitrile) SK7V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 8 bar 5 FLOW LITRES/MIN 5 5 Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

53 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: PS HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F 7. A/F MAX DRAIN () 8. A/F -5/6 - UN-A SEQUENCED () 4 INLET () COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium B496 PS5 SAE, aluminium B687 PORTS BSP, steel B497 SAE, steel B MAX HOLES ø8.5 THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE PS*** P 6W 5 S Basic Code PS = Cartridge Only PS5 = Cartridge and Body Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment R = Handknob Adjustment G = Tamperproof Cap (See page 4- for dimensions) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 8W = BSP 6T = SAE /4 BSP Drain Ports /4 SAE Drain Ports Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4 l/min =- bar. Std setting bar 5 =-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 4-5.D

54 PSC PSC SERIES SEQUENCE VALVE DIRECT ACTING COMPLETE WITH CHECK VALVE SEQUENCE () DRAIN () INLET () 4 APPLICATION Sequence valves provide ordered sequencing of two or more operations as with clamp and drill circuits. They can also be used as relief valves where the downstream pressure is high or changes during operation. By taking the drain line directly to tank, back pressure effects are negated. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material litres/min (8 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External steel surfaces zinc plated OPERATION As with the direct acting relief valves, when the pressure exceeds the spring force, the spool moves back, opening the inlet to outlet. Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for option Unrestricted A66 (See Section 7) 45 Nm ( lbs ft) Weight PSC PSC5.5 kg (. lbs).4kg (.9 lbs) FEATURES Match ground and honed hardened working parts give long, trouble-free life. Consistent stable operation providing low pressure rise due to increasing flow. Cartridge construction gives maximum flexibility in mounting. Steel valve bodies available on request. Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage SK95 (Nitrile) SK95V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

55 PRESSURE DROP FLOW - US GPM FLOW - US GPM PRESSURE - BAR 5 5 PRESSURE - PSI PRESSURE - BAR FREE FLOW 45 5 PRESSURE - PSI FLOW - LITRES/MIN FLOW - LITRES/MIN CARTRIDGE ONLY COMPLETE VALVE /8 / PORTS BASIC CODE: PSC BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B674 PSC5 SAE, aluminium /8 B56 / B7884 BSP, steel /8 B8 SAE, steel / B8 HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F HOLES ø9. THRO' 7. A/F MAX 8. MAX FOR FIXED 'N' ADJUST 5.4 A/F M X.5-6g DRAIN () SEQUENCE () FOR FIXED 'N' ADJUST 7. MAX INLET () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm 6.5 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code PSC = Cartridge Only PSC5 = Cartridge and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 6T = /8 SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port 8T = / SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port PSC** F W S Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.8 l/min = - bar. Std setting 7 bar = 6- bar. Std setting bar 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 4-6.F

56 PSC SERIES SEQUENCE VALVE WITH REVERSE FLOW - PILOT OPERATED PSC SLIDING SPOOL TYPE SEQUENCED () DRAIN () INLET () 4 APPLICATION Pilot operated sequence valves are ideal for systems where flows vary or the sequencing pressure is high. They provide ordered sequencing of two or more operations as with clamp and drill circuits. They can also be used as relief valves where the dowmstream pressure is high or changes during operation. By taking the drain line directly to tank, back pressure effects are negated. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated OPERATION As with the pilot operated relief valves, when the inlet pressure exceeds the valve setting, the pilot section opens causing flow across the main spool orifice unbalancing it and subsequently moving it back against a light spring opening up the inlet to the oulet. The PSC has a check portion which allows free reverse flow. FEATURES Match ground and honed hardened working parts give long, trouble-free life. Consistent stable operation providing low pressure rise due to increasing flow. Cartridge construction gives maximum flexibility in mounting. Steel valve bodies available on request. Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A88 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) PSC PSC45.7 kg (.7 lbs).78 kg (.7 lbs) SK77 (Nitrile) SK77V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 8 bar 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

57 PRESSURE DROP 4 FLOW-US GPM FLOW-US GPM 4 PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW PRESSURE-PSI FLOW LITRES/MIN FLOW LITRES/MIN 6 4 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: PSC COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / B48 /4 B5466 PSC45 SAE, aluminium /8 B79 / B6584 /4 B788 /8 / /4 PORTS BSP, steel / B457 /4 B44 SAE, steel /4 B79 HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F 47. MAX A/F 8.6 A/F DRAIN () -4 UNS HOLES ø. THRO' MAX SEQUENCED () INLET () Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code PSC = Cartridge Only PSC45 = Cartridge and Body Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment R = Handknob Adjustment G = Tamperproof Cap (See page 4- for dimensions) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP 6T = /8 SAE 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE 6W = /4 BSP T = /4 SAE /4 BSP Drain Ports /4 SAE Drain Ports PSC*** P W 5 S We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4 l/min 7 = - 7 bar. Std setting 5 bar =- bar. Std setting bar 5 =5-5 bar. Std setting 8 bar Std setting made at 4 litres/min 4-7.F

58 UPS SERIES SEQUENCE VALVE UNLOADING - PILOT OPERATED UPS SLIDING SPOOL TYPE SEQUENCED () DRAIN () INLET () 4 APPLICATION An off-loading sequence valve opens fully to pass flow to a secondary cicuit when the valve pressure setting is reached. This allows flow to the secondary circuit with a minimal pressure drop. FEATURES Hardened steel working parts give long, trouble-free life. Selectively matched honed assemblies give accurate performance. OPERATION Inlet pressure acts on the pilot section of the valve. When the valve setting is reached, the pilot section opens and pilot flow causes the spool to move back uncovering the radial vent port. The main section then opens fully with pilot flow passing through the vent. The valve remains open until flow to the sequenced port ceases and inlet pressure drops to zero. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. Externall surfaces zinc plated PRESSURE DROP Body Material Mounting Position Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM UNLOADED 6 9 FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range A88 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) PSC PSC45 PSC5 PSC55.7 kg (.7 lbs).56 kg (. lbs).78 kg (.7 lbs).5 kg (. lbs) SK77 (Nitrile) SK77V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C millilitres/min nominal 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

59 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: UPS HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F 9. MAX 7. A/F 8.6 A/F DRAIN () UNS SEQUENCED () 4 INLET () COMPLETE VALVE /8 / /4 PORTS BASIC CODE: UPS45 (WITHOUT BUILT-IN CHECK) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / B48 /4 B5466 BSP, steel / B457 /4 B44 SAE, aluminium /8 B79 / B6584 /4 B788 SAE, steel /4 B HOLES ø. THRO' MAX Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code UPS UPS45 = Cartridge Only = Cartridge and Body Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment R = Handknob Adjustment G = Tamperproof Cap (See page 4- for dimensions) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6T = /8 SAE 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE 6W = /4 BSP T = /4 SAE /4 BSP Drain Ports /4 SAE Drain Ports UPS*** P W 5 S We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4 l/min =- bar. Std setting bar 5 =5-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4 litres/min 4-8.G

60 CONTENTS SECTION 5 - PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES This section contains pressure control valves which limit the downstream pressure to a set level. Direct acting and pilot operated versions with and without reverse reliefs are available. Flows up to litres/min (5 US GPM) and pressures up to 5 bar (5 psi). SELECTION 5 SECTION SERIES APPLICATION RANGE PAGE PA Pilot style sliding spool Uses include two pressure systems where high flow coupled with very stable outlet pressure is required. These valves do not have reverse relief protection 5 bar (5 psi) litres/min (5 US GPM) 5- to 5-4 Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

61 TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLES PD PA 5 BRAKE PRESSURE LIMITATION SECONDARY CIRCUIT PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE All pressure control valves manufactured by Integrated Hydraulics are designed to be Pressure Accessories in accordance with article section of the Pressure Equipment Directive and Sound Engineering Practice and sold in good faith as such. For Safety Accessories as defined in article section.4 of the Pressure Equipment Directive please contact the UK Technical Sales Department. ADJUSTMENTS The adjustment range and Max setting figures shown throughout this catalogue give the design range for each valve, higher or lower values may be attainable but should not be used without first contacting our Engineering department. Setting must ALWAYS be carried out using an appropriate gauge and it must NOT be assumed that screwing an adjuster to its maximum or minimum position will yield the maximum or minimum stated design setting for that valve. ø6.5 ø P - LEAKPROOF SCREW R - HANDKNOB G - TAMPERPROOF CAP C - PLUNGER ACTUATED Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

62 PA SERIES PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PILOT OPERATED PA SLIDING SPOOL TYPE INLET () DRAIN () REG () 5 APPLICATION To maintain a constant downstream pressure lower than the inlet pressure. Ideal for use in two pressure systems or to protect low pressure actuators such as brake cylinders. Note: where reverse flow is required, see PAA95, page number 5-6. OPERATION This valve is normally open, allowing oil from the inlet to pass through to the regulated port of the cartridge. When the regulated pressure reaches the valve setting, the pilot section opens causing a pressure imbalance across the main spool which moves, throttling the inlet flow, preventing any further pressure rise in the regulated line. REGULATED PRESSURE 4 FLOW-US GPM FEATURES Internal parts hardened, match ground and honed to give long, trouble-free life. Pilot style design allows for high flows and accurate performance. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Body Material Mounting Position litres/min (5 US GPM) Inlet: 5 bar (5 psi) Reg: -5 bar (45-5 psi) Max Differential bar ( psi) between and Cartridge Material Cavity Number Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A6 (See Section 7) 5 5 Torque Cartridge into Cavity Nm (76 lbs ft) 5 4 Weight PA PA5.7 kg (.59 lbs).6 kg (.4 lbs) PRESSURE-BAR 5 PRESSURE-PSI Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp SK7 (Nitrile) SK7V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 Pilot Flow 55 standard setting 5 FLOW LITRES/MIN 5 5 Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

63 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: PA HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F MAX DRAIN () 7. A/F 8. A/F -5/6- UNF-A INLET () REG () 5 COMPLETE VALVE /4 PORTS BASIC CODE: PA5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium /4 B786 B496 B687 BSP, steel B497 SAE, steel B MAX HOLES ø8.5 THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings Basic Code PA = Cartridge Only PA5 = Cartridge and Body Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment R = Handknob Adjustment G = Tamperproof Cap (See page 5- for dimensions) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only T = /4 SAE 8W = BSP 6T = SAE /4 BSP Drain Ports /4 SAE Drain Ports ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE PA*** P 8W 5 S We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure zero flow =- bar. Std setting bar 5 =-5 bar. Std setting 8 bar Std setting made at zero flow (dead head) 5-4.E

64 CONTENTS SECTION 6 - MOTION CONTROL VALVES This section contains a most extensive range of overcentre and motion control cartridges, including normal, part vented and fully vented versions. Suitable for load holding, load safety and to prevent load runaway, giving low pressure drops, various pilot ratios and excellent stability to all types of moving loads. SELECTION SECTION SERIES APPLICATION RANGE PAGE 6 CE/CEE Overcentre cartridge pilot assisted relief with check CER Overcentre cartridge as CE series with relief balanced CEB/CEBD Overcentre cartridge as CE series with relief and pilot balanced To control moving loads and prevent load runaway, giving load holding and hose failure safety As CE series but with relief balanced against back pressure allowing the valve to be used with closed centre DCV with service line reliefs 5 bar (5 psi) litres/min (8 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) litres/min (8 US GPM) As CE series but balanced on relief and pilot areas. For use on proportional systems or applications with widely varying back pressures 5 bar (5 psi) litres/min (8 US GPM) CEL Overcentre cartridge with constant counterbalance pressure This valve is used in systems where the machine framework introduces instability, such as telescopic handlers, cranes and concrete pumps 8 bar (55 psi) 4 litres/min (7 US GPM) CPB/CPBD Pilot controlled cartridges without relief function, unaffected by back pressure For use on boom lock applications giving load-holding and hose failure safety. With or without internal relief 4 bar (58 psi) litres/min (8 US GPM) CEEC Line mounted overcentre with make up checks. Piece parts in body style Motion control valves with make up checks and cross line relief function for use on transmission systems or single rod cylinders when dual relief is required 5 bar (5 psi) litres/min (8 US GPM) 6-6- CEESH/CEECSH As CEEC series with brake shuttle. Piece parts in body style As CEEC series but with added brake shuttle for removal of spring applied park brakes 5 bar (5 psi) litres/min (8 US GPM) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

65 SECTION SERIES APPLICATION RANGE PAGE CEBL In-line or cylinder mounted BoomLoc valves incorporating CPB(D) cartridge and additional relief cartridge element. TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLES These overcentre valves are suitable for use on the boom and dipper cylinders of an excavator to help the manufacturer or user comply with standard ISO bar (58 psi) 55 litres/min (45 US GPM) 6-4 to CEE MANLIFT Load holding and load safety provided by dual overcentre valves protecting the operator from hose failure and giving him a smooth ride. CEE WHEEL MOTOR Dual overcentres preventing load runaway in transmission systems forward and reverse. CE M CEB BR DR V PILOT PROPORTIONAL CONTROL Balanced valves are required where back pressures vary as above in proportional valve circuits where flow is metered in and out of the directional control valve. WINCH Smooth lowering and soft stop for winches using overcentre combined with brake shuttles for spring applied brakes. ADJUSTMENTS The adjustment range and Max setting figures shown throughout this catalogue give the design range for each valve, higher or lower values may be attainable but should not be used without first contacting our Engineering department. Setting must ALWAYS be carried out using an appropriate gauge and it must NOT be assumed that screwing an adjuster to its maximum or minimum position will yield the maximum or minimum stated design setting for that valve. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

66 OVERCENTRE VALVES Fig CYLINDER () VALVE () PILOT () design, whereby the pressure acts on an annular area, is suitable for flows up to L/min. Being of poppet type both designs exhibit excellent leakage characteristics with maximum leakage of up to.5 ml/min for valves up to L/min capacity and up to 4ml/min for valves with L/min capacity. CE STANDARD OVERCENTRE VALVE There are now many types of overcentre or motion control valves available to the designer of hydraulically operated machines, each one has its own place and specific benefits to the user. The function of these valves can be divided into three basic groups.. Load Holding; where the overcentre valve prevents the movement of a load when the directional valve is in the neutral position. Permitting the use of open centre directional valves and negating leakage past the spool of closed centre directional valves.. Load Control; where the overcentre valve prevents the actuator running ahead of the pump due to the load induced energy thereby eliminating cavitation in the actuator and loss of control.. Load Safety. In the case of hose failure an overcentre valve mounted onto or into an actuator will prevent uncontrolled movement of the load. When a boom is used as a crane then hose failure protection is vital as the loss of load control could cause damage to people or property. Each of these functions is applicable to linear or rotary motion. The standard overcentre valve (fig ) can be described as a pilot assisted relief valve with an integral free flow check. The difference between this design of valve and a pilot check is that the check valve will open fully as soon as the pilot pressure is sufficient to open the valve because the only resistance to opening is the pressure locked in to the cylinder port. With an overcentre valve the pilot pressure has to overcome the force of the spring which is reduced by load pressure. This ensures a gradual opening and a metering of the flow as it passes the poppet. Integrated Hydraulics overcentre valves consist of a poppet that seals flow from an actuator, a check element, which permits free flow to the actuator and a pilot section that opens the poppet allowing flow from the actuator at a controlled rate. There are two basic designs, each with several variants. The direct acting design, whereby the pressure in the actuator acts on the full area of the nose of the poppet, is ideal for flows up to L/min whereas the differential area The cartridge has three ports, a cylinder port (), a valve port () and a pilot port (). If pressure, above the setting of the valve is applied to the cylinder port it will open as a relief. When applied to the valve port pressure will open a low pressure check allowing free flow into the cylinder port. Pressure applied to the pilot port acts over a larger area on the poppet than the area referenced to the cylinder port, so the valve will open at a low pressure. For most applications the relief setting should be approximately. times higher than the maximum load induced pressure. This ensures that with the maximum load on the actuator the valve will remain closed until pilot pressure is applied. The pilot pressure required to open the valve will depend on the pilot ratio that is the ratio between the relief area and the pilot area. The pilot pressure can be calculated: Pilot pressure = Valve Setting - Load Pressure Pilot Ratio A typical application would entail mounting the overcentre valve in or on the end cap of a cylinder (fig ). The cylinder port of the valve being connected to the full bore area of the cylinder, the valve port to the directional control line A Fig and the pilot connected to the annulus inlet, line B and so to the B directional control line B. As soon as the pressure rises in the inlet port of the annulus (line B) to retract the rod to a point where it reaches the required pilot pressure the actuator will begin A moving at the flow at which the pressure setting was made. If the load causes the

67 flow to increase then the inlet will be starved of oil and the pressure will begin to drop at this port. The reducing pressure will be sensed at the pilot allowing the spring to begin to close the valve preventing load run-away. In this way the valve will continually meter, controlling the load throughout its movement. When the pressure needed to move the load is higher than the pilot pressure needed to fully open the valve the only restriction produced is the pressure drop due to flow in the fully open condition. With the standard overcentre the spring chamber is vented through the poppet to the valve port which creates a problem if there are varying or high back pressures. Fig CYLINDER () VALVE () Dia a Dia b PILOT () Dia c The advantage of this design is the ability to use the valve on closed centre directional valve systems allowing service line relief valves to operate as normal. Most other valves of this type on the market have an atmospheric vent which limits their use in corrosive atmospheres and are prone to leakage. The CER valve does have some draw backs in certain applications. Because the pilot pressure is affected by back pressure the valve can not be used in regenerative circuits on the annular port of the cylinder. Also if used with a meter out proportional system the constantly varying back pressures can cause both the part balanced and the standard valve to go unstable. For this is the reason the fully balanced version, CEB series (fig 4) is available. In this case the spring chamber is vented to atmosphere or to a separate drain port. CER PART BALANCED OVERCENTRE VALVE Pressure in the valve port increases the effective setting of the valve by a factor equivalent to the pilot ratio plus one. This means that if there is a standing back pressure of 5 bar with a pilot ratio of 5: the effective relief setting would be increased by bar. This creates problems if the application demands a closed centre directional valve and the utilisation of service line reliefs. The relief valves will operate to limit inlet pressure but will not act if there is an external load which needs to be limited. The overcentre will not allow oil past the seat due to the back pressure created by the service line relief valves. To overcome this problem the part balanced CER series was created (fig ). Any back pressure therefore does not affect the setting of the valve or the amount of pilot pressure needed. For the standard, Part Balanced and Balanced valves there are various pilot ratios available to the system designer, which is best for his circuit? A general rule is that high pilot ratios are suitable for constant, stable loads and low pilot ratios for unstable and varying loads. The pilot ratio does not necessarily affect the working pressure by much given that the normal working pressure of a system is often much higher than the pilot pressure required to fully open the valve. If this is the case then the piloted open pressure drop will determine the systems efficiency. Graph shows the pressure drop curves of two valves with different pilot ratios. The higher pilot ratio valve is more The CER series overcentre valve performs in the same way as the standard valve under most conditions. But the relief section of the valve is not affected by back pressure. Fig 4 CYLINDER () VALVE () PILOT () VENT (4) The poppet is designed to balance back pressure over two areas on the poppet. The first is a annular area between the seat (dia a) and the centre seal (dia b) on the poppet which acts to open the valve and the second at the spring end of the spool (dia c) acting to close the valve. These areas are the same, the poppet is therefore balanced and so pressure in the valve line will not affect the relief performance of the valve. It must be noted that the pilot pressure required to open the valve is still affected on a one to one ratio by any back pressure. CEB FULLY BALANCED OVERCENTRE VALVE restrictive than the low pilot ratio valve. This shows that above a certain pressure the lower pilot ratio valve is more efficient than the higher pilot ratio valve. It is important that the total performance is taken into account before specifying an overcentre valve.

68 OVERCENTRE Graph Pilot Pressure : Pilot ratio 5 : Pilot ratio Flow THE EFFECT OF PILOT RATION ON FLOW The two stage overcentre valve, CEL (Fig 5) has been developed to overcome a problem which has been a continual nuisance to designers of machines incorporating long unstable booms. Instability problems affect many machines, most noticeably those with high capacity cylinders particularly in conjunction with slender booms that are subject varying frictional forces. The best example is the Telescopic Handler that usually has a long cylinder to extend or retract its boom. At the end of its stroke the pressure of the oil within a cylinder rises to the setting of the main relief valve for that part of the system and by its nature, the motion control valve re-seat locks in that pressure (irrespective of any load induced pressure). When the operator lowers the load, this stored energy gives the valve the message that a heavy load is on the cylinder; therefore it takes less pilot pressure to open. As a result, the valve opens very quickly and allows the stored energy to dissipate causing a momentary runaway condition, this causes a rapid acceleration of the load that is then checked by the motion control valve and brought under control. The consequence of this is an initial instability as a boom is retracted; the number of jerks will depend on the stiffness of the system at the time of lowering. This instability can sometimes continue through the whole of the cylinder's stroke, its magnitude, in extreme cases, can cause severe operator insecurity or even the loss of a load. The CEL valve uses two springs to control the poppet, only the outer spring being effected by the pilot piston, Fig 5 CYLINDER () VALVE () PILOT () CEL COUNTERBALANCED OVERCENTRE VALVE leaving the inner to generate a counterbalance pressure. The two-stage valve has overcome many instability problems by preventing the total decay of the stored energy in the cylinder and stopping the valve over reacting. It allows the pressure to fall to the counterbalance setting, which can be adjusted dependant upon the severity of the application. This back pressure can also help to stiffen the boom during its movement further through its stroke, for example when wear pads on the box sections of a telescopic boom create changing frictional forces. This works well but with some systems, the backpressure created by this valve causes problems due to the reduction in available force. On certain machines, when for instance a crowd cylinder is bottomed, the oil from a slave cylinder has to be forced across a relief valve; the boom cylinder creates an induced pressure by virtue of its downward force. It is possible that an unloaded boom will not lower due to the counterbalance pressure. Also in the fully piloted open position the valve still generates a backpressure heating the oil and creating inefficiency. To overcome these problems another variant is available in which the counterbalance pressure is reduced as the pilot pressure increases. This design has a second pilot ratio, which acts to reduce the backpressure applied by the centre spring. Indeed the valve can be piloted fully open, eliminating the counterbalance pressure altogether so improving the efficiency of the system. With a primary pilot ratio of 4: and a secondary ratio of.5: the initial unloading of the stored pressure happens at a low pilot pressure followed by a more gentle reduction as the pilot pressure increases. The overall setting of the valve is a combination of the outer and the inner spring forces divided by the seat area. The practical application of either of these valves involves the establishing a range of acceptable settings. For example, the requirement is for the valve to be set at bar (psi) with a counterbalance pressure between 5 and 7 bar (5-psi) - there are two springs within the valve, the outer one is fixed and the inner adjustable. For this application the outer spring would be set to give 65 bar (4psi) and the inner adjustable between 5 and 7 bar (5-psi). This would give the valve an adjustable range of 65-5 bar (4-4psi). Given a pilot ratio of 6: or 4: depending on the type this extra pressure setting would have little effect on the pilot pressure needed to open the valve during normal operation.

69 Graph shows a typical recorded instability picking up machine frequencies and getting worse and Graph shows the counterbalanced overcentre valves preventing the problem getting worse, dampening Fig 6 out the initial instability and the counterbalance pressure falling as the pilot pressure increases. valve. The poppet seals against a tapered seat, as the pilot pressure increases the poppet will move off the seat. Flow is dependant upon the axial movement of the poppet which VALVE () PILOT () VENT (4) CYLINDER () The zero differential range of load control valves CPB (fig 6) have been designed with 'BoomLoc' hose rupture valve applications in mind. Typically the valve is piloted open from the hydraulic remote control operating the main directional spool valve. By setting the overcentre to open just after the main valve it will control the flow rate at low speed but as the overcentre opens more rapidly than the Graph Pressure bar CYLINDER PRESSURE Time sec UNSTABLE SYSTEM directional valve the directional valve will control the flow rate at higher speeds. It is a pilot operated metered poppet Graph Pressure bar CYLINDER PRESSURE CPB(D) ZERO DIFFERENTIAL OVERCENTRE VALVE in turn is dependant upon the force exerted by pilot pressure balanced by that exerted by the spring. The poppet is hydraulically balanced so this valve is unaffected by valve line AND cylinder pressure but it will not provide any relief function. If over pressure, shock or thermal relief are required a second relief element is required. The successful application of motion control valves, particularly in areas that are demanding involves the anticipation and resolution of numerous factors only some of which can be discussed in this article. Motion control valves are adjustable, are available in several pressure ranges with many pilot ratio options. Most of the valves fit in a common cavity (the exception being the fully balanced, CEB and zero differential, CPB versions when required with an external rather than an atmospheric vent) and are available in sizes from to L/min. The flexibility of cartridge valve technology can therefore be easily applied to bring stability. The standard range of valves described here can be used to solve the vast majority of motion control problems and we are constantly developing new valves that will further improve stability and load control Time sec STABLE SYSTEM USING COUNTERBALANCE VALVE

70 CE SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK CE VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 6 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. The overcentre cartridge is ideal for mounting directly into a cavity machined in the body of the cylinder, motor or rotary actuator. The cartridge can also be mounted directly to the ports via a specifically machined body as part of a Hydraulic Integrated Circuit or single unit, or contained within one of our standard line bodies. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directions for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. PILOT RATIOS : Best suited for extremely unstable applications such as long booms or flexible frameworks. 4.5: Best suited for applications where load varies and machine structure can induce instability 8: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting litres/min (5 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A9 (See Section 7) 4 Nm ( lbs ft) CE CE5 CEE4 SK76 (Nitrile) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst.6 kg (.5 lbs).7 kg (.8 lbs).4 kg (.89 lbs) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) SK76V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) * For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

71 PRESSURE DROP CARTRIDGE ONLY 5 FLOW-US GPM BASIC CODE: CE 5. A/F 7. A/F PRESSURE-BAR 4 FREE FLOW 6 45 PRESSURE-PSI. A/F M8x.5-6g 5. FOR FIXED 'N' ADJUST MAX PILOT OPEN 5 PILOT () 4 FLOW-LITRES/MIN CYL () VALVE () 7. Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: CE5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium /8 B455 /8 B457 /8 PORTS BSP, steel /8 B454 SAE, steel /8 B456 DUAL VALVE BASIC CODE: CEE4 (INTERNALLY CROSSED PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B46 C C SAE, aluminium /8 B464 /8 PORTS BSP, steel /8 B46 SAE, steel /8 B V.75 V HOLES O6.5 THRO 5.9 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings HOLES O 6.5 THRO ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code CE = Cartridge Only CE5 = Cartridge and Body CEE4 = Cartridges and Dual Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 6T = /8 SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port Pressure 4.8 l/min = - bar. Std setting 4 bar 5 = -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Other pressure ranges available on request CE*** F W 5 S We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio = : 4 = 4.5: 8 = 8: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) 6-4.B

72 CE SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK CE VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 6 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. The overcentre cartridge is ideal for mounting directly into a cavity machined in the body of the cylinder, motor or rotary actuator. The cartridge can also be mounted directly to the ports via a specifically machined body as part of a Hydraulic Integrated Circuit or single unit, or contained within one of our standard line bodies. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directional for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. PILOT RATIOS.5: Best suited for extremely unstable applications such as long booms or flexible frameworks. 5: Best suited for applications where load varies (Standard) and machine structure can induce instability : Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pliot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Directly interchangeable with litres/min pilot check valve. See catalogue page 7-5. Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A66 (See Section 7) 45 Nm ( lbs ft) CE CE5 CEE4 SK95 (Nitrile) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst.5 kg (. lbs).4 kg (.9 lbs).9 kg (.98 lbs) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) SK95V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) * For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

73 PRESSURE DROP.5: & 5: version : version CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CE HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F FLOW-US GPM FLOW-US GPM A/F PRESSURE-BAR 4 FREE FLOW FREE FLOW 6 45 PRESSURE-PSI 47. MAX 8. MAX FOR FIXED 'N' ADJUST PILOT () 5.4 A/F M X.5-6g 5 PILOT OPEN PILOT OPEN FLOW-LITRES/MIN FLOW-LITRES/MIN 4.5 VALVE () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm CYL () SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: CE5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium /8 B674 /8 B56 / B7884 /8 / PORTS BSP, steel /8 B8 SAE, steel / B8 DUAL VALVE BASIC CODE: CEE4 (INTERNALLY CROSSED PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B686 SAE, aluminium /8 B85 / B7 /8 / PORTS BSP, steel /8 B8 7. SAE, steel / B8 6 HOLES ø9. THRO' C C.7 V V FOR FIXED 'N' ADJUST 7. MAX V C C V. MAX Where measurements are critical request certified drawings HOLES ø9. THRO' ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code CE = Cartridge Only CE5 = Cartridge and Body CEE4 = Cartridges and Dual Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 6T = /8 SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port 8T = / SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port Pressure 4.8 l/min = (.5: and 5:): 7- bar. Std setting bar (:): - bar. Std setting bar 5 = (.5: and 5:): -5 bar. Std setting bar (:): -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Other pressure ranges available on request CE*** F W 5 S 5 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio =.5: 5 = 5: (Standard) = : Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) 6-.H

74 CER SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PART BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CER POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 6 APPLICATION The CER series overcentre valve performs all duties of a regular overcentre but is able to relieve and stay open irrespective of downstream pressure. This enables the valve to operate when used with a closed centre directional valve which has service line reliefs. The poppet is pressure balanced, preventing relief setting increase due to back pressure. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Directly interchangeable with litres/min pilot check valve. See catalogue page 7-5. PILOT RATIOS.5: Best suited for extremely unstable applications such as long booms or flexible frameworks. 4: Best suited for applications where load varies and machine structure can induce instability. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A66 (See Section 7) 45 Nm ( lbs ft) CER CER5 CEER4 SK95 (Nitrile) - C to +9 C.5 kg (. lbs).4 kg (.9 lbs).9 kg (.98 lbs) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) SK95V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

75 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CER HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F 7. A/F PRESSURE-BAR 4 FREE FLOW 6 45 PRESSURE-PSI 47. MAX 8. MAX FOR FIXED 'N' ADJUST 5.4 A/F M X.5-6g PILOT () VALVE () PILOT OPEN 4 FLOW LITRES/MIN 5 CYL () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B674 CER5 SAE, aluminium /8 B56 / B7884 /8 / PORTS BSP, steel /8 B8 SAE, steel / B8 DUAL VALVE BASIC CODE: CEER4 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B686 SAE, aluminium /8 B85 / B7 /8 / PORTS BSP, steel /8 B8 SAE, steel / B8 6 C C 7. HOLES ø9. THRO'.7 V V FOR FIXED 'N' ADJUST 7. MAX V C C V. MAX Where measurements are critical request certified drawings HOLES ø9. THRO' ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code CER = Cartridge Only CER5 = Cartridge and Body CEER4 = Cartridges and Dual Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 6T = /8 SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port 8T = / SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port CE**** F W 5 S 4 Pilot Ratio =.5: 4 = 4: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-.F

76 CEB SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CEB POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () VENT CYL () ATMOSPHERIC VENT 6 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by supplying a counterbalance pressure to the actuator. They prevent runaway in the event of hose burst and hold the load with minimal leakage. The pressure balanced valve is unaffected by back pressure, allowing service line reliefs to operate and for the valve to be used in regenerative or proportional valve systems. The overcentre valve should be mounted either into, onto or as close to the actuator as possible to give maximum protection. Single overcentre valves control unidirectional loads such as in aerial platforms, cranes or winches and dual overcentres are suited to bi-directional motion such as wheel motor applications or cylinders going over centre. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pliot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio PILOT RATIO 5: SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A66 (See Section 7) 45 Nm ( lbs ft) CEB CEB5 CEEB4 SK95 (Nitrile) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst.4 kg (. lbs).4 kg (.88 lbs).88 kg (.94 lbs) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) SK95V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple dual purpose cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Directly interchangeable with litres/min pilot check valve. See page 7-5. Note, This valve is not suitable for high frequency applications and aggressive environmental conditions. *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

77 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CEB HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F 5 75 PRESSURE-BAR 4 FREE FLOW PILOT OPEN PRESSURE-PSI MAX 8. MAX FOR FIXED 'N' ADJUST VENT PILOT () VALVE () 5.4 A/F M X.5-6g FLOW LITRES/MIN 4 5 CYL () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B674 CEB5 SAE, aluminium /8 B56 / B7884 /8 / PORTS BSP, steel /8 B8 SAE, steel / B8 DUAL VALVE BASIC CODE: CEEB4 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B686 SAE, aluminium /8 B85 / B7 /8 / PORTS BSP, steel /8 B8 SAE, steel / B8 6 HOLES ø9. THRO' C C 7. V V MAX FOR FIXED 'N' ADJUST 7. MAX V C C V. MAX HOLES ø9. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CE*** F W 5 S 5 Basic Code CEB = Cartridge Only CEB5 = Cartridge and Body CEEB4 = Cartridges and Dual Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 6T = /8 SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port 8T = / SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio 5 = 5: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min 6-.G

78 CEL OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK AND COUNTERBALANCE CEL POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 6 APPLICATION The CEL overcentre valve performs all duties of a regular overcentre but maintains a counterbalance pressure to provide dampening of cylinders when there is a rapid loss in stored pressure. This counterbalance pressure reduces as the pilot pressure increases. Typical applications include extension cylinders on telescopic handlers where it is important to have a smooth operation when retracting from full extension. PILOT RATIOS Primary 4.: Secondary.4: SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting litres/min (8 US GPM) 8 bar (55 psi) OPERATION The check section allows free flow and then locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied, maintaining a counterbalance pressure to prevent initial pressure loss and therefore instability. The total pressure setting will normally be set at. times the load induced pressure. The counterbalance pressure reduces as the pilot pressure increases. FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A66 45 Nm ( lbs ft).5 kg (. lbs) SK95 (Nitrile) SK95V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: C

79 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CEL HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F A/F PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW 45 5 PRESSURE-PSI A/F PILOT () VALVE () PILOT OPEN 4 5 FLOW-LITRES/MIN CYL () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm SINGLE VALVE /8 / PORTS DUAL VALVE /8 / PORTS BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B674 CEL5 SAE, aluminium /8 B56 / B7884 BSP, steel /8 B8 SAE, steel / B8 BASIC CODE: CEEL4 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B686 SAE, aluminium /8 B85 / B7 BSP, steel /8 B8 SAE, steel / B8 6 C C.7 7. HOLES Ø9. THRO' V V V C V C HOLES Ø9. THRO' This valve has been designed to eliminate instability from flexible boom applications or where the load induced pressure varies greatly. To get the best results, the settings should be adjusted for each application and then factory set for production quantities. Please contact Integrated Hydraulics for more information. Basic Code CEL = Cartridge Only CEL5 = Cartridge and Body CEEL4 = Cartridges and Dual Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 6T = /8 SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port 8T = / SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEL*** F W S 5 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-6.D Counterbalance setting bar ( bar increments). High pressure setting bar ( bar increments). Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications Pressure Range, 4.8 l/min = 7-. Std setting (7/5) = 4-7. Std setting 8 (/5) 4 = 7-8. Std setting 5 (/5) Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min

80 CPB SERIES ZERO DIFFERENTIAL OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CPB VALVE () PILOT () VENT (4) CYL () ATMOSPHERIC VENT 6 APPLICATION SPECIFICATIONS Zero differential overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by supplying a restriction to flow related to the opening of the valve created by the pilot pressure. The valve is used in conjunction with a remote pilot source to provide hose failure protection, load control and load holding functions. If over-pressure or shock pressure protection is required then a separate relief valve should be used. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. By the application of pilot pressure to the pilot port the poppet moves back against the main spring opening the cylinder port to the valve port. The metering characteristic of the valve is controlled by the rate of the spring, the seat angle and the pilot pressure applied. Due to the balanced poppet design load induced pressure will not open the valve and once open valve port pressure will not increase the pilot pressure required to keep the valve open. FEATURES The cartridge fits a simple cavity allowing quick, easy field service reducing down time. Hardened poppet and seat provide for long leak free performance. Fits standard litre overcentre cavity. Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Working Pressure Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range litres/min (8 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A66 (See section 7) 45 Nm ( lbs ft) CPB CPB5 SK5 (Nitrile) SK5V (Viton) SK5P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min max (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst.5 kg (. lbs).4 kg (.9 lbs) *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

81 PRESSURE DROP.5 FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW 45 PRESSURE-PSI 5 PILOT OPEN 4 5 FLOW-LITRES/MIN CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CPB HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F 7. A/F SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B674 CPB5 SAE, aluminium /8 B56 / B7884 /8 / PORTS BSP, steel /8 B8 SAE, steel / B8 6 HOLES ø9. THRO' 5. MAX VENT (4) 5.4 A/F 4.5 PILOT () VALVE () M X.5-6g MAX CYL () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CPB*** F W P Basic Code CPB = Cartridge Only CPB5 = Cartridge and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 6T = /8 SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port 8T = / SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) P = Polyurethane/Nitrile (For arduous applications) Pilot Adjustment Range = 5 - bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-8.B

82 CPBD SERIES ZERO DIFFERENTIAL OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CPBD VALVE () PILOT () VENT (4) 4 CYL () 6 APPLICATION SPECIFICATIONS Zero differential overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by supplying a restriction to flow related to the opening of the valve created by the pilot pressure. The valve is used in conjunction with a remote pilot source to provide hose failure protection, load control and load holding functions. If over-pressure or shock pressure protection is required then a separate relief valve should be used. Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Working Pressure Cartridge Material Mounting Position litres/min (8 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Unrestricted OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. By the application of pilot pressure to the pilot port the poppet moves back against the main spring opening the cylinder port to the valve port. The metering characteristic of the valve is controlled by the rate of the spring, the seat angle and the pilot pressure applied. Due to the balanced poppet design load induced pressure will not open the valve and once open valve port pressure will not increase the pilot pressure required to keep the valve open. FEATURES The cartridge fits a simple cavity allowing quick, easy field service reducing down time. Hardened poppet and seat provide for long leak free performance. Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range AXP 5 45 Nm ( lbs ft) CPBD SK59 (Nitrile) SK59V (Viton) SK59P (Polyurethane) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min max (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst.5 kg (. lbs) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

83 PRESSURE DROP.5 FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW 45 PRESSURE-PSI 5 PILOT OPEN 4 5 FLOW-LITRES/MIN CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CPBD 5. A/F HEX 6 7. A/F HEX 5.4 A/F HEX MAX 4 (DRAIN) (PILOT) (VALVE) Mx.5 THREAD 4.5 (CYL) Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CPBD** F P Basic Code CPBD = Cartridge Only Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) P = Polyurethane/Nitrile (For arduous applications) Pilot Adjustment Range = 5 - bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-4.B

84 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CE6 / CEB6 / CER6 / CEL6 THROUGH PORTED Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B54 BSP, steel /8 B54 HOLES ø7. THRO' CE SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE ALTERNATIVE BODY ARRANGEMENTS for Litres/min Valves MAX 8. /8 PORTS COMPLETE VALVE /8 PORTS 6. C V C V 5.8 BASIC CODE: CBE5 / CBEB5 / CBER5 / CBEL5 BANJO MOUNTED Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 AXP67-W-S.5.8 Banjo Bolt torque - 47 Nm /4" BSP C V V V V C 7. C MAX MAX COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CEG5 / CEBG5 / CERG5 / CELG5 GASKET MOUNTED Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 BXP6-W-S /8 PORTS COMPLETE VALVE Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium /8 BXP447-W-S /8 BXP447-6T-S C C 5.8 /8 PORTS BASIC CODE: CEE5 / CEEB5 / CEER5 / CEEL5 DUAL OVERCENTRE (INTERNALLY CROSSED PILOTED) BSP, steel /8 BXP447-W-S V V C C C C V V MAX FOR FIXED 'N' ADJUST 86.8 MAX HOLES ø9. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings 5.8 HOLES ø9. THRO' Basic Code CE6/CEB6/ = Cartridge & Body Thro Ported CER6/CEL6 CBE5/CBEB5/ = Cartridge & Body Banjo CBER5/CBEL5 CEG5/CEBG5/ = Cartridge & Body Gasket CERG5/CELG5 CEE5/CEEB5/ = Cartridges & Dual Body CEER5/CEEL5 Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Port Sizes W = /8 BSP 6T = /8 SAE Pressure Range See cartridge data sheet ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE C***** F W 5 S 5 5 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-4.G Seals S Counterbalance setting (CEL based options only) bar in bar increments. High pressure setting (CEL based options only) bar in bar increments. Pilot Ratio (omit for CEL based options) =.5: 4 = 4: 5 = 5: = : (See cartridge details) = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications)

85 CE SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK CE9 VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 6 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. The overcentre cartridge is ideal for mounting directly into a cavity machined in the body of the cylinder, motor or rotary actuator. The cartridge can also be mounted directly to the ports via a specifically machined body as part of a Hydraulic Integrated Circuit or single unit, or contained within one of our standard line bodies. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directions for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pliot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited for applications where the load varies and machine structure can induce instability. 8: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. SPECIFICATIONS Other ratios available upon request. Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level 9 litres/min ( US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A6 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) CE9 CE95 CEE95 SK6 (Nitrile).9 kg (.6 lbs).5 kg (.97 lbs). kg (4.6 lbs) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) SK6V (Viton) FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

86 PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE DROP 4: VERSION 8: VERSION FLOW-US GPM FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CE MAX CYL () PILOT () VALVE () HEX SOCKET ADJUST 5. A/F 7. A/F. A/F M7 X.5-6g Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / B65 CE95 SAE, aluminium / B86 / PORTS BSP, steel / B66 SAE, steel / B9 DUAL VALVE C C / PORTS BASIC CODE: CEE95 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / C67 SAE, aluminium / C87 BSP, steel / C68 SAE, steel / C V V MAX V C C V 9. MAX HOLES Ø. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings HOLES ø. THRO' ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CE**** F 4W 5 S 4 Basic Code CE9 = Cartridge Only CE95 = Cartridge and Body CEE95 = Cartridges and Dual Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 4W = / BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 8T = / SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: 8 = 8: Other ratios available upon request Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications Pressure 4.8 l/min = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar 5 = -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min 6-5.E

87 CER SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PART BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CER9 POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 6 APPLICATION The CER series overcentre valve performs all duties of a regular overcentre but is able to relieve and stay open irrespective of downstream pressure. This enables the valve to operate when used with a closed centre directional valve which has service line reliefs. The poppet is pressure balanced, preventing relief setting increase due to back pressure. PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited for applications where the load varies and machine structure can induce instability. Other ratios available upon request. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 9 litres/min ( US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A6 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) CER9 CER95 CEER95 SK6 (Nitrile) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst.9 kg (.6 lbs).5 kg (.97 lbs). kg (4.6 lbs) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) SK6V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

88 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CER9 HEX SOCKET ADJUST 5. A/F PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI MAX CYL () PILOT () VALVE (). A/F M7 X.5-6g Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / B65 CER95 SAE, aluminium / B86 / PORTS BSP, steel / B66 SAE, steel / B9 DUAL VALVE / PORTS BASIC CODE: CEER95 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / C67 SAE, aluminium / C87 BSP, steel / C68 SAE, steel / C56 6 C C V V MAX V C C V 9. MAX HOLES ø. THRO' HOLES ø. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code CER9 = Cartridge Only CER95 = Cartridge and Body CEER95 = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 4W = / BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 8T = / SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port CE**** F 4W 5 S 4 Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: Other ratios available upon request Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.8 l/min = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar 5 = -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-6.D

89 CEB SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CEB9 POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () VENT CYL () ATMOSPHERIC VENT 6 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by supplying a counterbalance pressure to the actuator. They will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and hold the load with minimal leakage. The pressure balanced overcentre relief setting is unaffected by back pressure, enabling the valve to stay open when the valve port pressure rises. This will allow service line reliefs to work normally and will also allow the control of regenerative or proportional systems. The overcentre valve should be mounted either into, onto or as close to the actuator as possible, using a machined cavity into the actuator or a suitable machined body, either gasket or line mounted. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directions for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited for applications where the load varies and machine structure can induce instability. Other ratios available upon request. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material 9 litres/min ( US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Unrestricted A6 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) CEB9 CEB95 CEEB95 SK64 (Nitrile) - C to +9 C.9 kg (.6 lbs).5 kg (.97 lbs). kg (4.6 lbs) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal). millilitres/min (5 dpm) SK64V (Viton) FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

90 PRESSURE DROP CARTRIDGE ONLY 6 FLOW-US GPM BASIC CODE: CEB9 HEX SOCKET ADJUST 5. A/F 4 PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI MAX CYL () VENT PILOT () VALVE (). A/F M7 X.5-6g Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / B65 CEB95 SAE, aluminium / B86 / PORTS BSP, steel / B66 SAE, steel / B9 DUAL VALVE / PORTS BASIC CODE: CEEB95 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / C67 SAE, aluminium / C87 BSP, steel / C68 SAE, steel / C56 6 C C V V MAX V V 9. MAX HOLES ø. THRO' C C HOLES ø. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CE**** F 4W 5 S 4 Basic Code CEB9 = Cartridge Only CEB95 = Cartridge and Body CEEB95 = Cartridges and Dual Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 4W 8T = / BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port = / SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio 4-4: Other ratios available upon request Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.8 l/min = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar 5 = -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min 6-7.D

91 CEBD SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CEBD9 POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () VENT CYL () 4 6 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by supplying a counterbalance pressure to the actuator. They will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and hold the load with minimal leakage. The pressure balanced overcentre relief setting is unaffected by back pressure, enabling the valve to stay open when the valve port pressure rises. This will allow service line reliefs to work normally and will also allow the control of regenerative or proportional systems. The overcentre valve should be mounted either into, onto or as close to the actuator as possible, using a machined cavity into the actuator or a suitable machined body, either gasket or line mounted. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directions for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited for applications where the load varies and machine structure can induce instability. Other ratios available upon request. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material 9 litres/min ( US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Unrestricted A96 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) CEBD9 - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst.9 kg (.6 lbs) SK64 (Nitrile) SK64V (Viton) SK64P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal). millilitres/min (5 dpm) *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

92 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR 8 6 FREE FLOW 5 9 PRESSURE-PSI 4 6 PILOTED OPEN FLOW LITRES/MIN CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CEBD9 6 HEX SOCKET ADJUST 5. A/F MAX. A/F VENT M7 X.5-6g PILOT () VALVE () CYL () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings Basic Code CEBD9 Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Pressure 4.8 l/min = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar 5 = -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEBD9 F 5 P 4 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio 4-4: Other ratios available upon request Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) P = Polyurethane/Nitrile (For arduous applications) 6-74.C

93 CEL SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK AND COUNTERBALANCE CEL9 POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 6 APPLICATION The CEL series overcentre valve performs all duties of a regular overcentre but maintains a counterbalance pressure to provide dampening to cylinders when there is a rapid loss in stored pressure. Typical applications include extension cylinders on telescopic handlers where it is important to have a smooth operation when retracting from full extension. OPERATION The check section allows free flow and then locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied, maintaining a counterbalance pressure to prevent initial pressure loss and therefore instability. The total pressure setting will normally be set. times the load induced pressure. The counterbalance pressure reduces as the pilot pressure increases. PILOT RATIOS Primary 5.6: Secondary.7: SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material 9 litres/min ( US GPM) 8 bar (55 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Unrestricted A6 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. CEL9.9 kg (.6 lbs) Weight CEL95.5 kg (.97 lbs) CEEL95. kg (4.6 lbs) Seal Kit Number SK6 (Nitrile) SK6V (Viton) Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

94 PRESSURE DROP CARTRIDGE ONLY FLOW-US GPM BASIC CODE: CEL9 HEX SOCKET ADJUST 5. A/F 7. A/F PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW PRESSURE-PSI 6. MAX 54. PILOT (). A/F M7 X.5-6g PILOTED OPEN 4 6 FLOW LITRES/MIN 8 CYL () VALVE () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm SINGLE VALVE / PORTS DUAL VALVE / PORTS BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / B65 CEL95 SAE, aluminium / B86 BSP, steel / B66 SAE, steel / B9 BASIC CODE: CEEL95 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / C67 SAE, aluminium / C87 BSP, steel / C68 C SAE, steel / C56 C V V MAX V C C V 9. MAX HOLES. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings HOLES ø. THRO' This valve has been designed to eliminate instability from flexible boom applications or where the load induced pressure varies greatly. To get the best results, the settings should be adjusted for each application and then factory set for production quantities. Please contact Integrated Hydraulics for more information. ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CE**** F 4W S 6 Basic Code CEL9 = Cartridge Only CEL95 = Cartridge and Body CEEL95 = Cartridges and Dual Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 4W = / BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 8T = / SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port 6-76.D Counterbalance setting bar ( bar increments). High pressure setting bar ( bar increments). Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure Range, 4.8 l/min = 7-5. Std (6/6) = -8. Std 8 (/6) Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min

95 CPBD SERIES ZERO DIFFERENTIAL OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CPBD9 POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () VENT (4) CYL () 4 6 APPLICATION Zero differential overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by supplying a restriction to flow related to the opening of the valve created by the pilot pressure. The valve is used in conjunction with a remote pilot source to provide hose failure protection, load control and load holding functions. If over-pressure or shock pressure protection is required then a separate relief valve should be used. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Working Pressure Cartridge Material Mounting Position 9 litres/min ( US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Unrestricted OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. By the application of pilot pressure to the pilot port the poppet moves back against the main spring opening the cylinder port to the valve port. The metering characteristic of the valve is controlled by the rate of the spring, the seat angle and the pilot pressure applied. Due to the balanced poppet design load induced pressure will not open the valve and once open valve port pressure will not increase the pilot pressure required to keep the valve open. FEATURES The cartridge fits a simple cavity allowing quick, easy field service reducing down time. Hardened poppet and seat provide for long leak free performance. Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range A96 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) CPBD9 - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst.9 kg (.6 lbs) SK64 (Nitrile) SK64V (Viton) SK64P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal). millilitres/min (5 dpm) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

96 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR 4 PRESSURE-PSI FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN CARTRIDGE ONLY FLOW LITRES/MIN 6 BASIC CODE: CPBD9 HEX SOCKET ADJUST 5. A/F MAX. A/F VENT M7 X.5-6g PILOT () VALVE () CYL () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CPBD** F P Basic Code CPBD9 = Cartridge Only Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) P = Polyurethane/Nitrile (For arduous applications) Pilot Adjustment Range = 5 - bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-78.B

97 CE SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK CE VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 6 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. The overcentre cartridge is ideal for mounting directly into a cavity machined in the body of the cylinder, motor or rotary actuator. The cartridge can also be mounted directly to the ports via a specifically machined body as part of a Hydraulic Integrated Circuit or single unit, or contained within one of our standard line bodies. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directions for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Smooth, sure performance. PILOT RATIOS.5: (Standard) Best suited for applications where load varies and machine structure can induce instability. 8: Best suited for applications where load remains relatively constant. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range litres/min ( US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A877 (See Section 7) Nm (74 lbs ft) CE CE5 CEE5 SK47 (Nitrile) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst.59 kg (. lbs).46 kg (. lbs).58 kg (5.7 lbs) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) SK47V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

98 PRESSURE DROP CARTRIDGE ONLY 6 FLOW-US GPM BASIC CODE: CE 4. A/F 7. A/F PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN PRESSURE-PSI MAX 8. A/F -5/6-UN-A PILOT () VALVE () SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B FLOW LITRES/MIN CE5 SAE, aluminium /4 B8 B78 5 /4 PORTS BSP, steel /4 B5544 SAE, steel B84 DUAL VALVE CYL () /4 PORTS BASIC CODE: CEE5 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 C54 C C SAE, aluminium /4 C69 BSP, steel /4 C Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm SAE, steel /4 C644 6 V V 5.6 HOLES ø.5 THRO' MAX V C V C MAX HOLES ø9. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings Basic Code CE = Cartridge Only CE5 = Cartridge and Body CEE5 = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6W = /4 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port T = /4 SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port 6T = SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CE**** F 6W 5 S We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio =.5: 8 = 8: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) 6-8.G

99 CEB SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CEB POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () VENT CYL () ATMOSPHERIC VENT 6 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by supplying a counterbalance pressure to the actuator. They prevent runaway in the event of hose burst and hold the load with minimal leakage. The pressure balanced valve is unaffected by back pressure, allowing service line reliefs to operate and for the valve to be used in regenerative or proportional valve systems. The overcentre valve should be mounted either into, onto or as close to the actuator as possible to give maximum protection. Single overcentre valves control unidirectional loads such as in aerial platforms, cranes or winches and dual overcentres are suited to bi-directional motion such as wheel motor applications or cylinders going over centre. PILOT RATIOS : (Standard) Best suited for applications where load varies and machine structure can induce instability 8: Best suited for applications where load remains relatively constant. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting litres/min ( US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting 5 bar (5 psi) OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple dual purpose cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Overcentre is interchangeable with litres/min pilot check cartridge. See page 7-7. Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A877 (See Section 7) Nm (74 lbs ft) CEB CEB5 CEEB5 SK47 (Nitrile) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst.59 kg (. lbs).46 kg (. lbs).58 kg (5.7 lbs) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) SK47V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

100 PRESSURE DROP CARTRIDGE ONLY FLOW-US GPM BASIC CODE: CEB A/F PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW PRESSURE-PSI 5.5 MAX VENT 8. A/F -5/6- UN-A PILOT () 4 PILOTED OPEN VALVE () 6 9 FLOW LITRES/MIN 5 CYL () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B6898 CEB5 SAE, aluminium /4 B8 B78 /4 PORTS BSP, steel /4 B5544 SAE, steel B84 DUAL VALVE C C /4 PORTS BASIC CODE: CEEB5 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 C54 SAE, aluminium /4 C69 BSP, steel /4 C SAE, steel /4 C644 6 HOLES ø.5 THRO' V V MAX V C V C MAX HOLES ø9. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code CEB = Cartridge Only CEB5 = Cartridge and Body CEEB5 = Cartridges and Dual Body Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6W = /4 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port T = /4 SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port 6T = SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min CE***** P 6W 5 S We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio = : (Standard) 8 = 8: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) P = Polyurethane/Nitrile (For arduous applications) 6-9.F

101 CEBD SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CEBD POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () DRAIN (4) CYL () 4 6 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by supplying a counterbalance pressure to the actuator. They prevent runaway in the event of hose burst and hold the load with minimal leakage. The pressure balanced valve is unaffected by back pressure, allowing service line reliefs to operate and for the valve to be used in regenerative or proportional valve systems. The overcentre valve should be mounted either into, onto or as close to the actuator as possible to give maximum protection. Single overcentre valves control unidirectional loads such as in aerial platforms, cranes or winches and dual overcentres are suited to bi-directional motion such as wheel motor applications or cylinders going over centre. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple dual purpose cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. PILOT RATIOS : Best suited for applications where load varies and machine structure can induce instability 8: Best suited for applications where the load : remains relatively constant. : Specifically designed for Boom Lock applications. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Bar per turn 8 litres/min (47 US GPM) BMax Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting 4 bar (58 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated Unrestricted A676 Nm (74 lbs ft).59 kg (. lbs) SK8 (Nitrile) SK8V (Viton) SK8P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min max (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst 65 bar Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

102 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW PILOT OPEN 5 PRESSURE-PSI FLOW-LITRES/MIN CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CEBD 6 4. A/F 7. A/F MAX 8. A/F DRAIN (4) -5/6-UN-A PILOT () VALVE () CYL () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEBD F 5 P 8 Basic Code CEBD = Cartridge Only Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = (8: and :): 7-5 bar. Std setting 5 bar 4 = (:): 7-4 bar. Std setting 5 bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio = : 8 = 8: = : = : Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) P = Polyurethane/Nitrile (For arduous applications) 6-94.B

103 CPBD SERIES ZERO DIFFERENTIAL OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CPBD VALVE () PILOT () DRAIN (4) CYL () 4 6 APPLICATION SPECIFICATIONS Zero differential overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by supplying a restriction to flow related to the opening of the valve created by the pilot pressure. The valve is used in conjunction with a remote pilot source to provide hose failure protection, load control and load holding functions. If over-pressure or shock pressure protection is required then a separate relief valve should be used. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. By the application of pilot pressure to the pilot port the poppet moves back against the main spring opening the cylinder port to the valve port. The metering characteristic of the valve is controlled by the rate of the spring, the seat angle and the pilot pressure applied. Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Working Pressure Cartridge Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number 8 litres/min (47 US GPM) 4 bar (58 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Unrestricted A676 (See section 7) Nm (74 lbs ft).59 kg (. lbs) SK8 (Nitrile) SK8V (Viton) SK8P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) Due to the balanced poppet design load induced pressure will not open the valve and once open valve port pressure will not increase the pilot pressure required to keep the valve open. FEATURES The cartridge fits a simple cavity allowing quick, easy field service reducing down time. Hardened poppet and seat provide for long leak free performance. Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Bar per turn BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min max (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst 5 bar Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

104 PRESSURE DROP 8 FLOW - US GPM PRESSURE - BAR FREE FLOW PILOT OPEN 5 PRESSURE - PSI CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CPBD FLOW - LITRES/MIN 4. A/F 7. A/F MAX 8. A/F DRAIN (4) -5/6-UN-A PILOT () VALVE () CYL () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CPBD F P Basic Code CPBD = Cartridge Only Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) P = Polyurethane/Nitrile (For arduous applications) Pilot Adjust Range = 5- bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-98.D

105 CE SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE ALTERNATIVE BODY ARRANGEMENTS for Litres/min Valves COMPLETE VALVE /4 PORTS BASIC CODE: CE56 / CEB56 THROUGH PORTED Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B69 BSP, steel /4 B6 HOLES ø9. THRO' C V C V COMPLETE VALVE /4 PORTS BASIC CODE: CBE5 / CBEB5 BANJO MOUNTED Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 AXP565-6W-S 5. CE-F5-S* OR CEB-F5-S* C V V CE-F5-S* OR CEB-F5-S* MAX 76. COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CEG5 / CEBG5 GASKET MOUNTED Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 BXP64-6W-S BSP, steel /4 BXP64-6W-S-77 /4 SAE 6 PSI FLANGE PORTS HOLES Ø. THRO' CE-F5-S* OR CEB-F5-S* Where measurements are critical request certified drawings Basic Code CE56/CEB56 = Cartridge & Body Through Ported. CBE5/CBEB5 = Cartridge & Body Banjo Mounted. CEG5/CEBG5 = Cartridge & Body Gasket Mounted Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjust (CEB56/CBEB5/CEBG5) F = Screw Adjust (CE56/CBE5/CEG5) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6W = /4 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE C**** F 6W 5 S We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio =.5: - CE56/CBE5/ CEG5 = : - CEB56/CBEB5/ CEBG5 (Standard) 8 = 8: - CEB56/CBEB5/ CEBG5 Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) P = Polyurethane/Nitrile (For arduous applications) 6-.J

106 CE4 CE SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 6 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. The overcentre cartridge is ideal for mounting directly into a cavity machined in the body of the cylinder, motor or rotary actuator. The cartridge can also be mounted directly to the ports via a specifically machined body as part of a Hydraulic Integrated Circuit or single unit, or contained within one of our standard line bodies. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directions for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited where the load varies and machine structure can induce instability. 6: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Other ratios available upon request. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material 4 litres/min (7 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 4 bar (49 psi) Relief Setting: 4 bar (69 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pliot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A8 5 Nm ( lbs ft) CE4. kg (.5 lbs) CE45 (aluminium). kg (4.5 lbs) CE45 (steel) 4. kg (8.8 lbs) CEE45 (aluminium).9 kg (6.4 lbs) CEE45 (steel) 6. kg (. lbs) SK8 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) SK8V (Viton) FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

107 PRESSURE DROP PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM PILOT OPEN 9 45 FREE FLOW FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CE4 7.4 MAX 97.5 MAX CYL () 5. A/F 7. A/F 8. A/F PILOT () 46. A/F M8x. VALVE () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: CE45 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium /4 B5 B7 B946 /4 PORTS BSP, steel /4 B6 B8 SAE, steel B947 DUAL VALVE PORTS BASIC CODE: CEE45 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium BSP, steel SAE, steel C85 C5 C87 C6 6 C C MAX.6 7. CRS MAX 46. V C V C 46. V 8.6 V MOUNTING HOLES Ø. THROUGH Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE 45. CE**** F 6W 4 S CRS 5. MOUNTING HOLES Ø. THROUGH Basic Code CE4 = Cartridge Only CE45 = Cartridge and Body CEE45 = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6W = /4 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 8W = BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 6T = SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: 6 = 6: Other ratios available upon request Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.8 l/min = 4-5 bar. Std setting 9 bar = - bar. Std setting 7 bar 4 = -4 bar. Std setting 7 bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min 6-6.D

108 CER SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PART BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CER4 POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 6 APPLICATION The CER series overcentre valve performs all duties of a regular overcentre but is able to relieve and stay open irrespective of downstream pressure. This enables the valve to operate when used with a closed centre directional valve which has service line reliefs. The poppet is pressure balanced, preventing relief setting increase due to back pressure. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited where the load varies and machine structure can induce instability. 6: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Other ratios available upon request. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level 4 litres/min (7 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 4 bar (49 psi) Relief Setting: 4 bar (69 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A8 5 Nm ( lbs ft) CER4. kg (.6 lbs) CER45 (aluminium). kg (4.8 lbs) CER45 (steel) 4. kg (8.8 lbs) CEER45 (aluminium).9 kg (6.4 lbs) CEER45 (steel) 6. kg (. lbs) SK8 (nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) SK8V (Viton) Operating Temp Leakage - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) Nominal Viscosity 5 to 5 cst Range *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

109 PRESSURE DROP CARTRIDGE ONLY FLOW-US GPM BASIC CODE: CER4 5. A/F 7. A/F A/F PRESSURE-BAR PILOT OPEN 45 9 PRESSURE-PSI A/F M8x. 45 FREE FLOW FLOW LITRES/MIN 7.4 CYL () PILOT () VALVE () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B5 B7 CER45 SAE, aluminium /4 B95 B946 /4 PORTS BSP, steel /4 B6 B8 SAE, steel /4 B95 B947 DUAL VALVE PORTS BASIC CODE: CEER45 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium BSP, steel SAE, steel C85 C5 C87 C6 6 C C MAX.6 7. CRS MAX. 46. V C V C 46. V 8.6 V MOUNTING HOLES Ø. THROUGH CRS 5. Where measurements are critical request certified drawings MOUNTING HOLES Ø. THROUGH ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CER*** F 6W 4 S 4 Basic Code CER4 = Cartridge Only CER45 = Cartridge and Body CEER45 = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6W = /4 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 8W = BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 6T = SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: 6 = 6: Other ratios available upon request Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications Pressure 4.8 l/min = 4-5 bar. Std setting 9 bar = - bar. Std setting 7 bar 4 = -4 bar. Std setting 7 bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min 6-.F

110 CEL SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK AND COUNTERBALANCE CEL4 POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 6 APPLICATION The CEL overcentre valve performs all duties of a regular overcentre but maintains a counterbalance pressure to provide dampening to cylinders when there is a rapid loss in stored pressure. This counterbalance pressure reduces as the pilot pressure increases. Typical applications include extension cylinders on telescopic handlers where it is important to have a smooth operation when retracting from full extension. PILOT RATIOS Primary 6.: Secondary.5: SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting 4 litres/min (7 US GPM) 8 bar (55 psi) OPERATION The check section allows free flow and then locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied, maintaining a counterbalance pressure to prevent initial pressure loss and therefore instability. The total pressure setting will normally be set at. times the load induced pressure. The counterbalance pressure reduces as the pilot pressure increases. FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A8 5 Nm ( lbs ft) CEL4. kg (.6 lbs) CEL45 (aluminium). kg (4.8 lbs) CEL45 (steel) 4. kg (8.8 lbs) CEEL45 (aluminium).9 kg (6.4 lbs) CEEL45 (steel) 6. kg (. lbs) SK8 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst SK8V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

111 PRESSURE DROP CARTRIDGE ONLY FLOW-US GPM BASIC CODE: CEL4 5. A/F 7. A/F A/F PRESSURE-BAR PILOT OPEN FREE FLOW PRESSURE-PSI A/F M8x. PILOT () VALVE () SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: FLOW LITRES/MIN CEL45 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium /4 B5 B7 B946 /4 PORTS BSP, steel /4 B6 B8 SAE, steel B947 CYL () DUAL VALVE PORTS BASIC CODE: CEEL45 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium C85 C5 BSP, steel C87 Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm SAE, steel C6 6 C C MAX.6 7. CRS MAX 46. V C V C 46. V 8.6 V MOUNTING HOLES Ø. THROUGH 7. CRS 5. MOUNTING HOLES Ø. THROUGH This valve has been designed to eliminate instability from flexible boom applications or where the load induced pressure varies greatly. To get the best results, the settings should be adjusted for each application and then factory set for production quantities. Please contact Integrated Hydraulics for more information. Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code CEL4 = Cartridge Only CEL45 = Cartridge and Body CEEL45 = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment CEL*** F 6W S 6 Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6W = /4 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 8W = BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port 6T = SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Counterbalance setting bar ( bar increments). High pressure setting bar ( bar increments). Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure Range, 4.8 l/min = 7-. Std (6/6) = -8. Std 8 (/6) 4 = -8. Std 5 (9/6) 6-6.D

112 CE SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK CE VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 6 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. The overcentre cartridge is ideal for mounting directly into a cavity machined in the body of the cylinder, motor or rotary actuator. The cartridge can also be mounted directly to the ports via a specifically machined body as part of a Hydraulic Integrated Circuit or single unit, or contained within one of our standard line bodies. Single overcentre valves are normally used when teh load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directions for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio PILOT RATIOS : (Standard) Best suited for applications where load varies and machine structure can induce instability. 8: Best suited for applications where load remains relatively constant. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A695 (See Section 7) 5 Nm ( lbs ft) CE CE5 CEE5 SK47 (Nitrile).9 kg (. lbs).7 kg ( 5.96 lbs) 5.4 kg (.9 lbs) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) SK47V (Viton) FEATURES Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Smooth, sure performance. Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range - C to +9 C 4 millilitres/min nominal (6 dpm) 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

113 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CE HEX SOCKET ADJUST 5. A/F A/F PRESSURE-BAR SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B684 FLOW LITRES/MIN CE5 SAE, aluminium /4 B6 FREE FLOW PILOT OPEN PRESSURE-PSI /4 PORTS BSP, steel /4 B86 SAE, steel /4 B MAX DUAL VALVE CYL () PILOT () VALVE () 46. A/F -5/8- UN-A /4 PORTS BASIC CODE: CEE5 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 C874 SAE, aluminium /4 C8 BSP, steel /4 C875 Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm SAE, steel /4 C564 6 C C V V HOLES Ø. THRO' MAX V V 54.5 MAX C C HOLES Ø.5 THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings Basic Code CE = Cartridge Only CE5 = Cartridge and Body CEE5 = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /4 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port T = /4 SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CE**** F W 5 S We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio = : (Standard) 8 = 8: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) 6-4.D

114 CEB SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CEB POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () VENT CYL () ATMOSPHERIC VENT 6 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by supplying a counterbalance pressure to the actuator. They prevent runaway in the event of hose burst and hold the load with minimal leakage. The pressure balanced valve is unaffected by back pressure, allowing service line reliefs to operate and for the valve to be used in regenerative or proportional valve systems. The overcentre valve should be mounted either into, onto or as close to the actuator as possible to give maximum protection. Single overcentre valves control unidirectional loads such as in aerial platforms, cranes or winches and dual overcentres are suited to bi-directional motion such as wheel motor applications or cylinders going over centre. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Smooth, sure performance. PILOT RATIOS : (Standard) Best suited for applications where load varies and machine structure can induce instability. 8: Best suited for applications where load remains relatively constant. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A695 (See Section 7) 5 Nm ( lbs ft) CEB CEB5 CEEB5 SK686 (Nitrile) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst.9 kg (. lbs).7 kg ( 5.96 lbs) 5.4 kg (.9 lbs) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) 4 millilitres/min max (6 dpm) SK686V (Viton) *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

115 PRESSURE DROP CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CEB HEX SOCKET ADJUST 6. A/F PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM FREE FLOW SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B684 FLOW LITRES/MIN PILOT OPEN CEB5 SAE, aluminium /4 B6 PRESSURE-PSI /4 PORTS BSP, steel /4 B86 SAE, steel /4 B MAX DUAL VALVE CYL () VENT PILOT () VALVE (). A/F 46. A/F -5/8- UN-A /4 PORTS BASIC CODE: CEEB5 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 C874 SAE, aluminium /4 C8 BSP, steel /4 C875 Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm C C SAE, steel /4 C V V HOLES Ø. THRO' MAX V V 64.5 MAX C C HOLES ø.5 THRO' Basic Code CEB = Cartridge Only CEB5 = Cartridge and Body CEEB5 = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /4 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port T = /4 SAE Valve & Cyl Port. /4 SAE Pilot Port Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CE***** F W 5 S Pilot Ratio = : (Standard) 8 = 8: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-5.D

116 CEBD SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CEBD POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () VENT CYL () 4 6 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by supplying a counterbalance pressure to the actuator. They prevent runaway in the event of hose burst and hold the load with minimal leakage. The pressure balanced valve is unaffected by back pressure, allowing service line reliefs to operate and for the valve to be used in regenerative or proportional valve systems. The overcentre valve should be mounted either into, onto or as close to the actuator as possible to give maximum protection. Single overcentre valves control unidirectional loads such as in aerial platforms, cranes or winches and dual overcentres are suited to bi-directional motion such as wheel motor applications or cylinders going over centre. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio PILOT RATIOS : (Standard) Best suited for applications where load varies and machine structure can induce instability. 8: Best suited for applications where load remains relatively constant. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A98 (See Section 7) 5 Nm ( lbs ft) CEBD - C to +9 C.9 kg (. lbs) SK686 (Nitrile) SK686V (Viton) SK686P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) FEATURES Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Smooth, sure performance. Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 4 millilitres/min max (6 dpm) 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

117 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW FLOW LITRES/MIN PILOT OPEN PRESSURE-PSI CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CEBD HEX SOCKET ADJUST 6. A/F 6. A/F MAX VENT PILOT () VALVE () 46. A/F -5/8- UN-A CYL () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEBD F 5 P 8 Basic Code CEBD = Cartridge Only Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Pilot Ratio = : (Standard) 8 = 8: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) P = Polyurethane/Nitrile (For arduous applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-56.A

118 CPBD SERIES ZERO DIFFERENTIAL OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED CPBD VALVE () PILOT () DRAIN (4) CYL () 4 6 APPLICATION SPECIFICATIONS Zero differential overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by supplying a restriction to flow related to the opening of the valve created by the pilot pressure. The valve is used in conjunction with a remote pilot source to provide hose failure protection, load control and load holding functions. If over-pressure or shock pressure protection is required then a separate relief valve should be used. Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Working Pressure Cartridge Material Mounting Position litres/min (8 US GPM) 4 bar (58 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Unrestricted OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. By the application of pilot pressure to the pilot port the poppet moves back against the main spring opening the cylinder port to the valve port. The metering characteristic of the valve is controlled by the rate of the spring, the seat angle and the pilot pressure applied. Due to the balanced poppet design load induced pressure will not open the valve and once open valve port pressure will not increase the pilot pressure required to keep the valve open. FEATURES The cartridge fits a simple cavity allowing quick, easy field service reducing down time. Hardened poppet and seat provide for long leak free performance. Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Bar per turn A98 (See section 7) 5 Nm ( lbs ft).9 kg (. lbs) SK97 (Nitrile) SK97V (Viton) SK97P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 4. millilitres/min max (6 dpm) 5 to 5 cst 5 bar Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

119 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW PILOT OPEN PRESSURE-PSI FLOW LITRES/MIN CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: CPBD HEX SOCKET ADJUST 6. A/F. A/F MAX 46 A/F DRAIN (4) -5/8-UN-A PILOT () VALVE () CYL () Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CPBD F P Basic Code CPBD = Cartridge Only Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) P = Polyurethane/Nitrile (For arduous applications) Pilot Adjust Range = 5- bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-66.E

120 CE SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE ALTERNATIVE BODY ARRANGEMENTS for Litres/min Valves COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CE56 THROUGH PORTED /4 PORTS Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 C67 BSP, steel /4 C68 C C C C HOLES Ø. THRO' V V V V V V C C V.. V C MAX CE-F5-S* COMPLETE VALVE CE-F5-S* BASIC CODE: CEG5 GASKET MOUNTED /4 PORTS Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 CXP647-W-S BSP, steel /4 CXP647-W-S HOLES Ø5. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings Basic Code CE56 = Catridge and Body Through Ported CEG5 = Cartridge and Body Gasket Mounted Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /4 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Pilot Port Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CE**** F W 5 S Pilot Ratio = : 8 = 8: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-69.E

121 NOTES 6

122 CEESH SERIES DUAL OVERCENTRE VALVE WITH BRAKE SHUTTLE - PILOT ASSISTED CEESH5 C C V B V 6 APPLICATION Overcentre Valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. These dual overcentre valves also contain a brake release shuttle valve which ensures that pressure is applied to a brake release circuit regardless of whether pressure is applied to ports V or V. These multifunction valves are normally used for the static and dynamic control of systems using motors or semirotary actuators. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio PILOT RATIOS.5: Best suited for extremely unstable applications such as long booms or flexible frameworks. 5: Best suited for applications where load (Standard) varies and machine structure can induce instability. : Best suited for applications where load remains relatively constant. FEATURES These valves have the excellent load control and safety features of the dual overcentre valve with the addition of a port for a brake release line. Smooth, safe performance. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 to 5 cst 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated Steel Line mounted. kg (4.84 lbs) SK86 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C SK86V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

123 PRESSURE DROP.5: & 5: version : version.5 FLOW-US GPM FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW V-C PILOT OPEN C-V 4 5 FLOW-LITRES/MIN 45 5 PRESSURE-PSI FREE FLOW V-C 4 FLOW-LITRES/MIN PILOT OPEN C-V 45 5 PRESSURE-PSI COMPLETE VALVE /8 PORTS BASIC CODE: CEESH5 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Sub-assembly part numbers 5. BSP, steel /8 BXP599-W-S-77 OVERCENTRE VALVES CE-F-5S* MAX 6.5 V B V HOLES Ø9. THRO' C C Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Basic Code CEESH5 = Cartridges and Body Only Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Brake Port Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = (.5: and 5:): -5 bar. Std setting bar (:): -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEESH5 F W 5 S 5 77 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-7.D Body Material 77= Steel Pilot Ratio =.5: 5 = 5: (Standard) = : Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications)

124 CEESH SERIES DUAL OVERCENTRE VALVE WITH BRAKE SHUTTLE - PILOT ASSISTED CEESH95 C C V B V 6 APPLICATION Overcentre Valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. These dual overcentre valves also contain a brake release shuttle valve which ensures that pressure is applied to a brake release circuit regardless of whether pressure is applied to ports V or V. These multifunction valves are normally used for the static and dynamic control of systems using motors or semirotary actuators. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio PILOT RATIO FEATURES These valves have the excellent load control and safety features of the dual overcentre valve with the addition of a port for a brake release line. Smooth, safe performance. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level 9 litres/min ( US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 6 bar ( psi) () 7 bar (4 psi) (5) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) (5) 5 bar (6 psi) () Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated Steel Line mounted.5 kg (7.7 lbs) SK87 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) SK87V (Viton) 4: Best suited for applications where the load varies and machine structure can induce instability. 8: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Other ratios available upon request. Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

125 PRESSURE DROP 6 FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW V-C PRESSURE-PSI PILOTED OPEN C-V FLOW LITRES/MIN COMPLETE VALVE /4 PORTS BASIC CODE: CEESH95 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, steel 7. /4 BXP749-6W B V V CT OFF O. THRO MTG HOLES C C Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code CEESH95 = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6W = /4 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Brake Port Pressure 4.8 l/min = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar 5 = -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min CEESH95 F 6W 5 S 4 77 Body Material 77= Steel Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: 8 = 8: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-8.G

126 CEESH SERIES DUAL OVERCENTRE VALVE WITH BRAKE SHUTTLE - PILOT ASSISTED CEESH5/CEESH5 C C V B V 6 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. These dual overcentre valves also contain a brake release shuttle valve which ensures that pressure is applied to a brake release circuit regardless of whether pressure is applied to ports V or V. These multifunction valves are normally used for the static and dynamic control of systems using motors or semirotary actuators. FEATURES These valves have the excellent load control and safety features of the dual overcentre valve with the addition of a port for a brake release line. Smooth, safe performance. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting CEESH5: CEESH5: 5 l/min (4 US GPM) l/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio PILOT RATIOS : Best suited for applications where load varies.5: and machine structure can induce instability. 8: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated Steel Line mounted CEESH5: CEESH5: CEESH5: CEESH5: BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst.5 kg (7.7 lbs) 5.4 kg (.94 lbs) SK88 (Nitrile) SK88V (Viton) SK688 (Nitrile) SK688V (Viton) CEESH5:. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) CEESH5: 4 millilitres/min nominal (6 dpm) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

127 PRESSURE DROP COMPLETE VALVE PORTS CEESH5 FLOW-US GPM BASIC CODE: CEESH5 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, steel CXP59-8W-S OVERCENTRE VALVES CE-F-5S* 6 4 PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN 6 9 FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE DROP CEESH FLOW-US GPM FLOW LITRES/MIN 75 FREE FLOW V-C PILOT OPEN C-V PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-PSI V COMPLETE VALVE V C BR 7. C 4. C BASIC CODE: CEESH5 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, steel./4 CXP97-W-S-77 V B /4 PORTS MAX C V V 9.5 HOLES Ø. THRO' C Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm 8.. HOLES Ø. THRO' OVERCENTRE VALVES CE-F-5-*-* Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm 6 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings Basic Code CEESH5 = Cartridges and Body CEESH5 = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 8W = BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Brake Port W = /4 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Brake Port ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEESH*** F W 5 S 77 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-9.E Body Material 77= Steel Pilot Ratio = : - CEESH5 (Standard) =.5: - CEESH5 8 = 8: - CEESH5 Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min

128 CEEC SERIES MOTION CONTROL & LOCK VALVE PILOT ASSISTED CEEC5/CEEC95 C C V T V 6 APPLICATION Motion control and lock valves give static and dynamic control by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to an actuator, the valve can stop runaway in the event of hose burst. The valves also give dual thermal and overload relief protection. A low pressure tank or charge line may be connected to the T port to provide a make-up flow to either actuator port. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. FEATURES These valves provide complete circuit control and protection in a single valve body, reducing installation time and cost. Smooth, safe performance of dual direction actuators. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material CEEC5: CEEC95: litres/min (8 US GPM) 95 litres/min (5 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 6 bar ( psi) () 7 bar (4 psi) (5) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) (5) 5 bar (6 psi) () Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated Steel The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio A system of check valves allows crossline relief for dynamic applications with the optional make up facility to compensate for any change in system volume. PILOT RATIOS.5: (CEEC5) Best suited for extremely unstable applications such as long booms or flexible framework. 5: (CEEC5) Best suited for applications (Standard) where load varies and machine 4: (CEEC95) structure can induce instability. : (CEEC5) Best suited for applications where 8: (CEEC95) the load remains relatively constant. Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Line mounted CEEC5: CEEC95: CEEC5: CEEC95: BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst. kg (4.5 lbs).7 kg (8. lbs) SK85 (Nitrile) SK85V (Viton) SK84 (Nitrile) SK84V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

129 PRESSURE DROP COMPLETE VALVE /8 PORTS CEEC5 : 5 : & 5: FLOW-US GPM BASIC CODE: CEEC5 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, steel /8 BXP647-W-S MAX 47. MAX PRESSURE-BAR 6 4 FLOW-US GPM 6.5 FREE FLOW V-C 9.5 PILOT OPEN C-V 4 5 FLOW-LITRES/MIN PRESSURE DROP CEEC PRESSURE-PSI 86.5 V V MAX OVERCENTRE VALVES CEF-*-*-* COMPLETE VALVE 6. MAX. T 77. CRS C C MAX BASIC CODE: CEEC95 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, steel /4 BXP648-6W-S-77 Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm /4 PORTS. APPROX HOLES Ø9. THRO'. APPROX 6 PRESSURE-BAR 8 6 FREE FLOW V-C PRESSURE-PSI V T C. 5.5 CRS 7. CRS V C PILOTED OPEN C-V FLOW-LITRES/MIN.6 Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm OVERCENTRE VALVES CE9F-5-*-* Where measurements are critical request certified drawings MOUNTING HOLES Ø.. APPROX ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code CEEC5 = Cartridge and Body CEEC95 = Cartridge and Body CEEC** F W 5 S 5 Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP 6W = /4 BSP Pressure 4.8 l/min = (.5: and 5:): 7- bar. Std setting bar. (CEEC5) (:): - bar. Std setting bar. (CEEC5) 5 = (.5: and 5:): -5 bar. Std setting bar. (CEEC5) (:): -5 bar. Std setting bar. (CEEC5) 5 = (4: and 8:): -5 bar Std setting bar. (CEEC95) Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 77 Body Material 77= Steel Pilot Ratio =.5: (CEEC5) 4 = 4: (CEEC95) 5 = 5: (CEEC5 standard) 8 = 8: (CEEC95) = : (CEEC5) Other ratios available upon request Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) 6-.G

130 CEEC SERIES MOTION CONTROL VALVE MOTOR APPLICATIONS - PILOT ASSISTED POPPET CEEC5/CEEC5 C C V T V 6 APPLICATION Motion control and lock valves give static and dynamic control by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to an actuator, the valve can stop runaway in the event of hose burst. The valves also give dual thermal and overload relief protection. A low pressure tank or charge line may be connected to the T port to provide a make-up flow to either actuator port. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio A system of check valves allows crossline relief for dynamic applications with the optional make up facility to compensate for any change in system volume. FEATURES These valves provide complete circuit control and protection in a single valve body, reducing installation time and cost. Smooth, safe performance of dual direction actuators. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level CEEC5:5 litres/min (4 US GPM) CEEC5: litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Steel Line mounted CEEC5: CEEC5: CEEC5: CEEC5:.7 kg (8. lbs) 8. kg (8. lbs) SK8 (Nitrile) SK8V (Viton) SK65 (Nitrile) SK65V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) PILOT RATIOS : Best suited applications where load varies and machine structure can induce instability 8: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range - C to +9 C CEEC5:. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) CEEC5: 4 millilitres/min nominal (6 dpm) 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

131 PRESSURE DROP COMPLETE VALVE PORTS PRESSURE-BAR CEEC5 FLOW-US GPM FREE FLOW PRESSURE-PSI V V BASIC CODE: CEEC5 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, steel BXP5687-8W-S APPROX T CRS C 5.5 CRS 7. CRS.. APPROX C PILOTED OPEN FLOW LITRES/MIN OVERCENTRE VALVES CE-F-5-S* Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm APPROX MOUNTING HOLESØ.. APPROX 6 PRESSURE DROP CEEC5 PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM FREE FLOW FLOW-LITRES/MIN 75 PILOT OPEN PRESSURE-PSI COMPLETE VALVE C CHECK VALVE Where measurements are critical request certified drawings BASIC CODE: CEEC5 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, steel /4 DXP6844-W-S-77 C 4.4 Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm OVERCENTRE VALVES CE-F-5-S- CHECK VALVE T /4 PORTS 6.5 V V T 7. MOUNTING HOLES Ø.5 THRO' Basic Code CEEC5 = Cartridges and Body CEEC5 = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 8W = BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Brake Port W = /4 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Brake Port Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEEC*** F W 5 S 77 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-.H Body Material 77= Steel Pilot Ratio = : - CEEC5 (Standard) =.5: - CEEC5 8 = 8: - CEEC5 Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications)

132 CEECSH SERIES MOTION CONTROL VALVE WITH BRAKE SHUTTLE - PILOT ASSISTED CEECSH5 C C V B T V 6 APPLICATION Motion control and lock valves give static and dynamic control by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to an actuator, the valve can stop runaway in the event of hose burst. The valves also give dual thermal and overload relief protection. A low pressure tank or charge line may be connected to the T port to provide a make-up flow to either actuator port. FEATURES This valve provides complete circuit control and protection as with the standard motion control valve but has the addition of a brake release shuttle and brake port contained in a single body. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio A system of check valves allows crossline relief for dynamic applications with the optional make up facility to compensate for any change in system volume. PILOT RATIOS.5: Best suited for extremely unstable applications such as long booms or flexible frameworks. 5: Best suited for applications where (Standard) the load and machine structure can induce instability. : Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. Extrnal sufaces electroless nickel plated Steel Line mounted. kg (4.5 lbs) SK85 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst SK85V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

133 PRESSURE DROP.5 5 FLOW-US GPM : & 5: versions PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW V-C 45 PRESSURE-PSI 5 PILOT OPEN C-V 4 5 FLOW-LITRES/MIN COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CEECSH5 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, steel /8 CXP5947-W-S -77 /8 PORTS MAX. 47. MAX C 86.5 V T HOLES Ø9. THRO' V B 9. MAX OVERCENTRE VALVES CEF-*-*-* C 9. MAX.6 Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm 76. Basic Code Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Brake Port Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = (.5: and 5:): -5 bar. Std setting bar (:): -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEECSH5 F W 5 S 5 77 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Body Material 77 = Steel Pilot Ratio =.5: 5 = 5:(standard) = : Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) 6-.E

134 CEECSH SERIES MOTION CONTROL VALVE WITH BRAKE SHUTTLE - PILOT ASSISTED CEECSH95 C C V B T V 6 APPLICATION Motion control and lock valves give static and dynamic control by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to an actuator, the valve can stop runaway in the event of hose burst. The valves also give dual thermal and overload relief protection. A low pressure tank or charge line may be connected to the T port to provide a make-up flow to either actuator port. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio A system of check valves allows crossline relief for dynamic applications with the optional make up facility to compensate for any change in system volume. PILOT RATIO 4: Best suited for applications where the load varies and machine structure can induce instability. 8: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Other ratios available upon request. FEATURES This valve provides complete circuit control and protection as with the standard motion control valve but has the addition of a brake release shuttle and brake port contained in a single body. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 95 litres/min (5 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 6 bar ( psi) () 7 bar (4 psi) (5) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) (5) 5 bar (6 psi) () Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated Steel Line mounted.7 kg (8. lbs) SK84 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst SK84V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

135 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR 8 6 FREE FLOW PRESSURE-PSI 4 6 PILOTED OPEN FLOW LITRES/MIN COMPLETE VALVE /4 PORTS BASIC CODE: CEECSH95 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, steel /4 BXP596-6W-S V B MAX T CRS C 5.5 CRS 7. CRS. 7.. APPROX APPROX.6 6 V C Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm OVERCENTRE VALVES CE9F-5-*-*. APPROX MOUNTING HOLES Ø. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEECSH95 F 6W 5 S 4 77 Basic Code CEECSH95 Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6W = /4 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Brake Port Pressure 4.8 l/min = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar 5 = -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Body Material 77= Steel Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: (Standard) 8 = 8: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-.E

136 CEECSH SERIES MOTION CONTROL VALVE WITH BRAKE SHUTTLE - PILOT ASSISTED CEECSH5 / CEECSH5 C C V B T V 6 APPLICATION Motion control and lock valves give static and dynamic control by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to an actuator, the valve can stop runaway in the event of hose burst. The valves also give dual thermal and overload relief protection. A low pressure tank or charge line may be connected to the T port to provide a make-up flow to either actuator port. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows. Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio A system of check valves allows crossline relief for dynamic applications with the optional make up facility to compensate for any change in system volume. FEATURES This valve provides complete circuit control and protection as with the standard motion control valve, but has the addition of a brake release shuttle and brake port contained in a single body. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level CEECSH5 5 l/min (4 US GPM) CEECSH5: 5 l/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External sufaces electroless nickel plated Steel Line mounted CEECSH5:.7 kg (8. lbs) CEECSH5: 8. kg (8. lbs) CEECSH5: SK8 (Nitrile) SK8V (Viton) CEECSH5: SK65 (Nitrile) SK65V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) PILOT RATIOS : Best suited for applications where load varies and machine structure can induce instability. 8: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range - C to +9 C CEECSH5:. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) CEECSH5: 4 millilitres/min nominal (6 dpm) 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

137 PRESSURE DROP COMPLETE VALVE PORTS CEECSH5 FLOW-US GPM BASIC CODE: CEECSH5 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, steel BXP59-8W-S APPROX CRS. APPROX PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN 6 9 FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE DROP Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, steel /4 DXP47-W-S -77 PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM FLOW-LITRES/MIN 75 FREE FLOW V-C PILOT OPEN C-V PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-PSI C V B V OVERCENTRE VALVES CE-F-5-S* Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm COMPLETE VALVE CHECK VALVE C Where measurements are critical request certified drawings.4 T B T C CHECK VALVE 6.5 C 5.5 CRS 7. CRS. 7.. APPROX MOUNTING HOLES Ø. BASIC CODE: CEECSH5 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, steel /4 DXP47-W-S-77 Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm /4 PORTS APPROX OVERCENTRE VALVES CE-F-5-S* V V MOUNTING HOLES Ø.5 THRO' B T 6 ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEECSH*** F W 5 S 77 Basic Code CEECSH5 CEECSH5 Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment = Cartridges and Body* = Cartridges and Body Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 8W = BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Brake Port W = /4 BSP Valve & Cyl Port. /4 BSP Brake Port Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Body Material 77= Steel Pilot Ratio = : - CEECSH5 (Standard) =.5: - CEECSH5 8 = 8: - CEECSH5 Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-4.G

138 6 NOTES

139 LOAD CONTROL / HOLDING VALVES HOSE BURST PROTECTION (REF: ISO864) CEBL SERIES These valves comply with International Standard ISO864 for hydraulic excavators and backhoe loaders incorporating servo pilot systems. The valves function is to prevent uncontrolled lowering of the boom in the event of hose rupture. Closure of the valve is activated by bringing the main control valve lever to the neutral position. TYPICAL CIRCUIT COMPACT MACHINERY (see page 6-44 to 6-46) For flows up to and 4 litres/minute FIG. LOAD By separating the relief and pilot function into two individual cartridges, the pilot cartridge has no relieving function, hence any load on the valve does not affect its opening characteristics. Consequently, the valve will always open at the same pilot pressure/joystick position, regardless of load. This feature enables the valve to be tuned to open in harmony with the machine s own main control valve, giving better control. C V CT CYL GP X X V CT PILOT PIL SERVO PILOT INLET 6 The pilot cartridge is generally set to dwell to bar behind the main control valve, therefore the Integrated Hydraulics valve takes control in the event of hose failure. When fitted to the arm/dipper cylinder, this dwell behind the main control valve prevents acceleration when arm down is selected. Fig. and show typical circuits utilising these components. HEAVY MACHINERY (see page 6-4 to 6-4 & 6-48) For flows up to 5, 5 and 55 litres/minute FIG. LOAD LOAD Line mountings or SAE flange mountings are available for direct fitment to the actuator. Where line mounted models are used it is essential that steel pipes are used between the valve and the actuator. All components are manufactured in steel and are electroplated for corrosion protection. PIL CT4 CT C CT CT V PIL CT4 CT C CT CT V PIL SERVO PILOT INLET DR BLEED DR BLEED Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

140 BOOMLOC VALVES (DESIGNED & TESTED TO ISO864 The requirement for hose rupture protection on mobile plant is enshrined in law in many territories and likely to become so in many others. ISO864 requires that, in the event of a hose failure while lowering a boom it should not accelerate to more than twice its original speed with the control lever held in the same position. Additionally the valves introduced to achieve this should not unduly effect the operation of the machine to which they are fitted. (The current % maximum increase may be reduced to 75% in the future). If a hose were to fail while a boom is lifting or static the load should be held in position. We have developed a range of hose rupture valves, designated "BoomLoc", that are designed to meet the stipulations of ISO864 and can be applied to numerous different machines. BoomLoc valves are reliable because they make use of standard off the shelf components that have been field proven, in most cases for many years. All our cartridge valves are manufactured to a high standard with moving parts hardened and precision finished to give a long trouble free service life. Their performance is predictable so set up and development times can be dramatically reduced even when applied to a new system. In service the valves perform as intended with cartridges having been tested to over,, cycles in our development department and having been used for many years in the field. When operating under normal circumstances, i.e. with hoses intact, BoomLoc valves offer high efficiency, as the hydraulic fluid is free to pass through the valve to the cylinder with negligible pressure loss. And by selecting the most appropriate package to match the performance of any given directional valve pressure losses in the return direction can be kept to an absolute minimum. BoomLoc valves can provide a very compact solution. The valve should be mounted on the cylinder, either directly onto its port or connected to the port by rigid tube, so space can be quite restricted. Using Integrated Hydraulics Boomloc valves unique design potential to the full, transfer plates, commonly employed to permit the fitting of more bulky valves can often be eliminated. The block can be designed to suit the customer's installation and can even be done away with if the cartridge valves are incorporated into cylinder end caps thus dramatically reducing the space requirement and the cost of the overall package. Furthermore additional features can be incorporated in the block making the machine more versatile. To achieve the desired protection without adversely effecting the operation of the machine it requires the accurate balancing of the hose rupture valve and the main directional valve. In order to work effectively the opening of the hose rupture valve should, ideally, lag behind that of the directional valve and the difference in pressure drop should remain constant throughout the operating flow range. To achieve this the hose rupture valve should be matched to the system in which it is employed, a set up that works on one type of machine would not necessarily work on another. Due to the unique seat and poppet arrangement in the CPB series cartridges used in their "BoomLoc" range and the flexibility of the cartridge valve design "BoomLoc" valves can be tailored to suit most directional valves and so provide exceptionally fine control. A level of control that is particularly desired for levelling and grading, which can reduce (if not eliminate) the "washer board" effect frequently found when other valves are used. This fine control also has the benefits of enabling the operator to accurately position loads during craning operations. Reduced installation costs can be realised using these "BoomLoc" valves as they use a simple direct SAE mounting to cylinder. In order to minimise stock requirements we have, where possible designed the cylinder port face to be suitable for both SAE and 6 flanges. A pilot bleed port is available on most valves simplifying installation further. Service costs are also minimal, in the unlikely event of a BoomLoc valve being damaged, repair usually just involves the replacement of one or two self-contained cartridges. What is more there is rarely any need to remove the block from the cylinder when changing the cartridges - reducing the risk of the ingress of contaminants and the down time of the machine. Spares inventory is frequently reduced as the same two, standard, off-the shelf cartridges (albeit set differently) are often used on a wide range of machines. OPERATION PILOT DRAIN Free Flow to Cylinder DIRECTIONAL VALVE CYLINDER Upon operating the control to raise a boom, pilot pressure from the hydraulic remote control unit operates the appropriate spool in the main directional valve, permitting flow to the cylinder. At the cylinder the flow passes through our Hose Rupture Valve (HRV) check sections with minimal pressure loss and enters the cylinder. (The fluid from the other end of the cylinder flows directly to tank via the main control valve).

141 PILOT When the control lever is returned to neutral, the check valves in the HRV close and any return flow is blocked, the load is now locked in position. PILOT Cavitation and excessive pressure in the boom cylinder, (bottom end circuit), is prevented by an overload relief and make up check, located in the HRV. Flow being returned to tank via the main control valve port relief. PILOT DRAIN DRAIN DRAIN DIRECTIONAL VALVE CYLINDER DIRECTIONAL VALVE Load Holding CYLINDER Relieving Controlled Lowering DIRECTIONAL VALVE CYLINDER When the control lever is pushed forward to the boom lower position, pilot pressure from the hydraulic remote control unit operates the appropriate section of the main directional valve, opening flow from the cylinder return line to tank. At the same time the pilot pressure opens the main poppet of the HRV, thus allowing oil to flow from the bottom end of the cylinder to the return line. The rate at which the boom descends is dependent on the position of the poppet in the HRV and the spool in the main directional valve, So in the event of a total hose failure the HRV will prevent the boom accelerating above twice its original speed. As the flow rate is now dictated by the pressure drop across only the BoomLoc valve. Releasing the control lever will permit the poppet in the BoomLoc HRV to close stopping the boom from further descent. BOOMLOC VALVES SET-UP PROCEDURES For reasons of safety it is recommended that ALL adjustments to the Hose Rupture Valve be carried out with the bucket rested on the floor. Unless otherwise requested the cartridges are preset to 5 bar (relief cartridge) and bar (pilot catridge, part number CPB** or CPBD**). The pilot valve will normally require adjustment, but the relief setting of 5 bar is generally suitable for most applications and ensures the maximum protection of the cylinders. Check the maximum pressure of the system and adjust the relief valve if required. Prior to all adjustment ensure pilot line has been fully bled. This can be achieved by operating the joystick to either roll in or lower the respective cylinder and opening the bleed port on the Hose Rupture Valve. In cases where no "BLEED" port is provided, disconnect the pilot hose from the Hose Rupture Valve and running it to a suitable container should suffice. Relief Valve setting: The relief setting of 5 bar has been calculated to meet most systems but can be adjusted to individual requirements. It is advised that the setting be between and % higher than the main control valve. To increase setting, screw the adjuster clockwise to increase pressure at a rate of approximately 65 bar per full turn. To decrease setting, screw the adjuster anti-clockwise to decrease pressure at the same rate. Pilot Cartridge setting: To successfully set the pilot cartridge pressure, two 4 bar and one 5 bar gauges need to be used. On the Hose Rupture Valve, connect one 4 bar gauge to the "E" port where provided (or the cylinder port if no E port ) and the other 4 bar gauge in the valve inlet line V, and connect the 5 bar gauge in the pilot line "P". The procedure can be related to both the Arm cylinder and the Boom cylinders but for the ease of explanation, the following procedure is for Boom cylinders only. Fully swing out Arm cylinder. Raise Boom to full extension and at the end of its stroke record the pressure in the valve and cylinder gauges. To check setting, slowly move joystick to lower Boom. When the gauge in the valve line starts to fall, it is a signal that the main control valve has started to open, at this point note the setting in the pilot line, typically 8 bar. Continue to slowly operate the joystick and note the reading in the pilot line when the gauge in the cylinder line starts to fall. This indicates the setting of the pilot cartridge (CPB(D), typically bar. It is recommended that the Pilot Cartridge should dwell between.5 and bar behind the Main Control Valve. If the pilot valve is set too low, pressure at "E" falls before "V" - adjust pilot valve clockwise. If the difference between and above is greater than bar - adjust the pilot valve anti-clockwise.

142 CEBL SERIES LOAD CONTROL / HOLDING VALVE c/w Independent Pilot Control HOSE BURST PROTECTION - FLANGE MOUNTED (REF: ISO 864) CEBL56 LOAD LOAD E CT4 C CT E C E E C TYPICAL CIRCUIT CT CT CT4 CT CT CT CT4 CT CT CT SERVO PILOT INLET V PILOT DRAIN V DR PIL BLEED V DR PIL BLEED V PIL BLEED 6 APPLICATION These overcentre valves are suitable for use on the boom and dipper cylinders of an excavator to help the manufacturer or user comply with standard ISO864. They were designed to give relief, load holding and hose failure protection to systems where a pilot system controls the directional valves. OPERATION By connecting the hose rupture valve pilot in parallel with the directional spool valve pilot, and adjusting the opening characteristics of the hose rupture valve to suit that of the spool valve BoomLoc may be set so as not to interfere with the normal operation of the machine. Fine adjustment of the pilot pressure permits the optimum setting to be made in differing operating systems. Both the pilot and the relief sections are unaffected by backpressure, enabling the service line relief s to operate normally. In the event of hose failure, the control will be passed from the main spool to the BoomLoc valve, maintaining control of the cylinder. Regardless of the load the pilot pressure requirement remains constant as the valve is unaffected by load induced pressure, the poppet being fully balanced with zero differential area. FEATURES This is a compact design with good dirt tolerance. Hardened poppets and seats provide excellent load holding characteristics with all the advantages of the cartridge insert. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 5 litres/min (66 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated and passivated Bright drawn mild steel bar. Zinc plated and passivated Flange mounted 7.5 kg (6.5lbs) SK6P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C.6 millilitres/min max ( dpm) 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

143 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CEBL56 FLANGE MOUNTED Note: Cylinder port bolt holes are slotted for fitment to both SAE & SAE 6 mounting faces CRS. CRS CRS CRS CRS CRS 4 MTG HOLES THROUGH CRS.9CRS E CT V CRS. CRS TORQUE: 7. Nm 8. C BLEED.9 CRS.9 CRS CT4 V E TORQUE: 5.8 Nm TORQUE: 9 Nm MTG HOLES M X.5 X DEEP. 4 MTG HOLES M X.5 X DEEP 5.4 CRS 5.4 CRS 5.4 CRS 5.4 CRS 87.5 CT CT PSC-F-5P TORQUE TO 45 Nm SET AT 5 BAR CPBD-FP TORQUE TO Nm SET AT BAR. PILOT DRAIN Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEBL56 F /4 6 5 P Basic Code CEBL56 = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Size /4 = /4 SAE Flange Cylinder Port (Slotted for and 6) /4 SAE Flange Valve Port (Thread G/) /8 BSP Bleed Port /4 BSP All Other Ports Seals P = Contains polyurethane and standard seal. Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting 5 bar Std Setting made at 4.8 litres/min SAE Port Type 6 = SAE 6 (Valve Port) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-4.D

144 CEBL56 CEBL SERIES LOAD CONTROL / HOLDING VALVE c/w Independent Pilot Control HOSE BURST PROTECTION - FLANGE MOUNTED (REF: ISO 864) LOAD LOAD TYPICAL CIRCUIT C E CT4 CT E C E E C CT CT CT4 CT CT CT CT4 CT CT CT SERVO PILOT INLET 6 V PILOT DRAIN APPLICATION BLEED These overcentre valves are suitable for use on the boom and dipper cylinders of an excavator to help the manufacturer or user comply with standard ISO864. They were designed to give relief, load holding and hose failure protection to systems where a pilot system controls the directional valves. OPERATION By connecting the hose rupture valve pilot in parallel with the directional spool valve pilot, and adjusting the opening characteristics of the hose rupture valve to suit that of the spool valve BoomLoc may be set so as not to interfere with the normal operation of the machine. Fine adjustment of the pilot pressure permits the optimum setting to be made in differing operating systems. Both the pilot and the relief sections are unaffected by backpressure, enabling the service line relief s to operate normally. In the event of hose failure, the control will be passed from the main spool to the BoomLoc valve, maintaining control of the cylinder. Regardless of the load the pilot pressure requirement remains constant as the valve is unaffected by load induced pressure, the poppet being fully balanced with zero differential area. FEATURES This is a compact design with good dirt tolerance. Hardened poppets and seats provide excellent load holding characteristics with all the advantages of the cartridge insert. V DR PIL BLEED V DR PIL SPECIFICATIONS BLEED Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst V PIL 5 litres/min (9 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated and passivated Bright drawn mild steel bar. Zinc plated and passivated Flange mounted 7.5 kg (6.5 lbs) SK6P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C.6 millilitres/min max ( dpm) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

145 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CEBL56 FLANGE MOUNTED Note: Cylinder port bolt holes are slotted for fitment to both SAE & SAE 6 mounting faces CRS CRS.88 CRS. CRS CRS 6.9 CRS 4 MTG HOLES THROUGH CRS.88 CRS E CT V CRS. CRS TORQUE: 7. Nm 8. C BLEED.88 CRS.88 CRS V CT4 E TORQUE: 5.8 Nm TORQUE: 5 Nm MTG HOLES M X.75 X DEEP. 4 MTG HOLES M X.75 X DEEP 8.58 CRS 8.58 CRS 87.5 CT CT 8.58 CRS PSC-F-5P TORQUE TO 45 Nm SET AT 5 BAR CPBD-FP TORQUE TO Nm SET AT BAR 8.58 CRS. PILOT DRAIN Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEBL56 F 6 5 P Basic Code CEBL56 = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Size = SAE Flange Cylinder Port (Slotted for and 6) SAE Flange Valve Port (Thread G /4) /8 BSP Bleed Port /4 BSP All Other Ports Seals P = Contains polyurethane and standard seal. Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting 5 bar Std Setting made at 4.8 litres/min SAE Port Type 6 = SAE 6 (Valve Port) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-4.C

146 CEBL SERIES LOAD CONTROL / HOLDING VALVE c/w Independent Pilot Control HOSE BURST PROTECTION - SAE FLANGE MOUNTED (REF: ISO 864) CEBL556 LOAD LOAD TYPICAL CIRCUIT E C CT CT CT CT4 E C CT CT CT CT4 C CT CT CT CT4 SERVO PILOT INLET 6 BLEED APPLICATION V V PILOT DRAIN BLEED These overcentre valves are suitable for use on the boom and dipper cylinders of an excavator to help the manufacturer or user comply with standard ISO864. They were designed to give relief, load holding and hose failure protection to systems where a pilot system controls the directional valves. OPERATION By connecting the hose rupture valve pilot in parallel with the directional spool valve pilot, and adjusting the opening characteristics of the hose rupture valve to suit that of the spool valve BoomLoc may be set so as not to interfere with the normal operation of the machine. Fine adjustment of the pilot pressure permits the optimum setting to be made in differing operating systems. Both the pilot and the relief sections are unaffected by backpressure, enabling the service line relief s to operate normally. In the event of hose failure, the control will be passed from the main spool to the BoomLoc valve, maintaining control of the cylinder. Regardless of the load the pilot pressure requirement remains constant as the valve is unaffected by load induced pressure, the poppet being fully balanced with zero differential area. FEATURES This is a compact design with good dirt tolerance. Hardened poppets and seats provide excellent load holding characteristics with all the advantages of the cartridge insert. V PIL DR SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range V 5 to 5 cst PIL DR PIL 55 litres/min (45 US GPM) 4 bar (58 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated and passivated Bright drawn mild steel bar. Zinc plated and passivated Flange mounted kg (46. lbs) SK6P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 4. millilitres/min max (7 dpm) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

147 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CEBL556 FLANGE MOUNTED PILOT CT 5.. BLEED DRAIN 9. CT CEBD-F-4P- TORQUE TO Nm SET AT 5 4 L/MIN 47 APPROX CPBD-FP TORQUE TO 5Nm SET AT BAR CRACK CT E V HOLES TAPPED M4 X. X 5. FULL THREAD C HOLES Ø5. THRO' 9. V CT4 E Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEBL556 F 5/4 6 4 P Basic Code CEBL556 = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Size 5/4 = /4 SAE Flange Cylinder Port /4 SAE Flange Valve Port /4 BSP All Other Ports SAE Port Type 6 = SAE 6 Seals P = Contains polyurethane and standard seal. Pressure 4.8 l/min 4 = 7-4 bar. Std setting 5 bar Std Setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-4.C

148 CEBL SERIES LOAD CONTROL / HOLDING VALVE c/w Independent Pilot Control HOSE BURST PROTECTION - LINE MOUNTED (REF: ISO 864) CEBL LOAD TYPICAL CIRCUIT CYL CT CYL GP X CT PILOT C CT CYL GP X CT PILOT SERVO PILOT INLET V V X V X V PIL 6 APPLICATION These overcentre valves are suitable for use on the boom and dipper cylinders of an excavator to help the manufacturer or user comply with standard ISO864. They were designed to give relief, load holding and hose failure protection to systems where a pilot system controls the directional valves. OPERATION By connecting the hose rupture valve pilot in parallel with the directional spool valve pilot, and adjusting the opening characteristics of the hose rupture valve to suit that of the spool valve BoomLoc may be set so as not to interfere with the normal operation of the machine. Fine adjustment of the pilot pressure permits the optimum setting to be made in differing operating systems. Both the pilot and the relief sections are unaffected by backpressure, enabling the service line relief s to operate normally. In the event of hose failure, the control will be passed from the main spool to the BoomLoc valve, maintaining control of the cylinder. Regardless of the load the pilot pressure requirement remains constant as the valve is unaffected by load induced pressure, the poppet being fully balanced with zero differential area. FEATURES This is a compact design with good dirt tolerance. Hardened poppets and seats provide excellent load holding characteristics with all the advantages of the cartridge insert. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range litres/min (8 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated and passivated Bright drawn mild steel bar. Zinc plated and passivated Line mounted kg (4.4 lbs) SK64P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C.6 millilitres/min max ( dpm) 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

149 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CEBL LINE MOUNTED PSC-F-5-PA5B TORQUE TO 45Nm SET AT 4 BAR CYL GP V CPB-FP TORQUE TO 45Nm SET AT 8.5 BAR 47 APPROX APPROX APPROX 49. CT 5. CYL PILOT. 8.. V CT Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEBL F W 5 P Basic Code CEBL = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Size W = /8 BSP Cylinder Port /8 BSP Valve Port /4 BSP All Other Ports Seals P = Contains polyurethane and standard seal. Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting 4 bar Std Setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-44.B

150 CEBL SERIES LOAD CONTROL / HOLDING VALVE c/w Independent Pilot Control HOSE BURST PROTECTION - SAE FLANGE MOUNTED (REF: ISO 864) CEBL LOAD TYPICAL CIRCUIT CYL GP C GP CT CT PILOT CT CT PILOT SERVO PILOT INLET V V PIL 6 APPLICATION These overcentre valves are suitable for use on the boom and dipper cylinders of an excavator to help the manufacturer or user comply with standard ISO864. They were designed to give relief, load holding and hose failure protection to systems where a pilot system controls the directional valves. OPERATION By connecting the hose rupture valve pilot in parallel with the directional spool valve pilot, and adjusting the opening characteristics of the hose rupture valve to suit that of the spool valve BoomLoc may be set so as not to interfere with the normal operation of the machine. Fine adjustment of the pilot pressure permits the optimum setting to be made in differing operating systems. Both the pilot and the relief sections are unaffected by backpressure, enabling the service line relief s to operate normally. In the event of hose failure, the control will be passed from the main spool to the BoomLoc valve, maintaining control of the cylinder. Regardless of the load the pilot pressure requirement remains constant as the valve is unaffected by load induced pressure, the poppet being fully balanced with zero differential area. FEATURES This is a compact design with good dirt tolerance. Hardened poppets and seats provide excellent load holding characteristics with all the advantages of the cartridge insert. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range litres/min (8 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated and passivated Bright drawn mild steel bar. Zinc plated and passivated Flange mounted Kg (4.4 lbs) SK65P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C.6 millilitres/min max ( dpm) 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

151 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CEBL FLANGE MOUNTED PSC-F-5P-A5B TORQUE TO 45 Nm SET AT 4 BAR CYL CT V GP 9. PILOT 4 OFF MTG HOLES Ø8.5 THROUGH C'BORE Ø4. x 9. DP CPB-FP TORQUE TO 45Nm SET AT 8.5 BAR APPROX.6 5 APPROX Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEBL F / 6 5 P Basic Code CEBL = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Size / = / SAE Flange Cylinder Port /8 BSP Valve Port /4 BSP All Other Ports SAE Port Type 6 = SAE 6 Seals P = Contains polyurethane and standard seal. Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting 4 bar Std Setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-45.C

152 CEBL SERIES LOAD CONTROL / HOLDING VALVE c/w Independent Pilot Control HOSE BURST PROTECTION - LINE MOUNTED (REF: ISO 864) CEBL LOAD TYPICAL CIRCUIT C GP CT CYL PILOT CT CT PILOT SERVO PILOT INLET V CT X X GAUGE PILOT V PIL 6 APPLICATION These overcentre valves are suitable for use on the boom and dipper cylinders of an excavator to help the manufacturer or user comply with standard ISO864. They were designed to give relief, load holding and hose failure protection to systems where a pilot system controls the directional valves. OPERATION By connecting the hose rupture valve pilot in parallel with the directional spool valve pilot, and adjusting the opening characteristics of the hose rupture valve to suit that of the spool valve BoomLoc may be set so as not to interfere with the normal operation of the machine. Fine adjustment of the pilot pressure permits the optimum setting to be made in differing operating systems. Both the pilot and the relief sections are unaffected by backpressure, enabling the service line relief s to operate normally. In the event of hose failure, the control will be passed from the main spool to the BoomLoc valve, maintaining control of the cylinder. Regardless of the load the pilot pressure requirement remains constant as the valve is unaffected by load induced pressure, the poppet being fully balanced with zero differential area. FEATURES This is a compact design with good dirt tolerance. Hardened poppets and seats provide excellent load holding characteristics with all the advantages of the cartridge insert. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range litres/min (8 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated and passivated Bright drawn mild steel bar. Zinc plated and passivated Line mounted Kg (4.4 lbs) SK64P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C.6 millilitres/min max ( dpm) 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

153 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CEBL LINE MOUNTED CPB-FP TORQUE TO 45Nm SET AT 8.5 BAR PLUGGED TORQUE TO Nm 5 APPROX. GAUGE 47. APPROX. PSC-F-5P-A5B TORQUE TO 45Nm SET AT 8 BAR UNPLUGGED CT CYL TORQUE TO 5.8 Nm PILOT V CT TWO MOUNTING HOLES Ø 8.5 mm Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEBL F 4W 5 P Basic Code CEBL = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Size 4W = / BSP Cylinder Port / BSP Valve Port /4 BSP All Other Ports Seals P = Contains polyurethane and standard seal. Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting 8 bar Std Setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-46.B

154 CEBL SERIES LOAD CONTROL / HOLDING VALVE c/w Independent Pilot Control HOSE BURST PROTECTION - LINE MOUNTED (REF: ISO 864) CEBL9 LOAD TYPICAL CIRCUIT CT C GPC X CT PILOT CT C GPC X CT PILOT SERVO PILOT INLET X V V X V V 6 APPLICATION These overcentre valves are suitable for use on the boom and dipper cylinders of an excavator to help the manufacturer or user comply with standard ISO864. They were designed to give relief, load holding and hose failure protection to systems where a pilot system controls the directional valves. OPERATION By connecting the hose rupture valve pilot in parallel with the directional spool valve pilot, and adjusting the opening characteristics of the hose rupture valve to suit that of the spool valve BoomLoc may be set so as not to interfere with the normal operation of the machine. Fine adjustment of the pilot pressure permits the optimum setting to be made in differing operating systems. Both the pilot and the relief sections are unaffected by backpressure, enabling the service line relief s to operate normally. In the event of hose failure, the control will be passed from the main spool to the BoomLoc valve, maintaining control of the cylinder. Regardless of the load the pilot pressure requirement remains constant as the valve is unaffected by load induced pressure, the poppet being fully balanced with zero differential area. FEATURES This is a compact design with good dirt tolerance. Hardened poppets and seats provide excellent load holding characteristics with all the advantages of the cartridge insert. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 9 litres/min (4 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated and passivated Bright drawn mild steel bar. Zinc plated and passivated Line mounted.5 kg (7.7 lbs) SK66P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C.6 millilitres/min max ( dpm) 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

155 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CEBL9 LINE MOUNTED CPB9-FP TORQUE TO 6Nm SET AT 8. BAR 65 APPROX APPROX PSC-F-5P-A5B TORQUE TO 45Nm SET AT 8 BAR CT C CT V MOUNTING HOLE 8.5 THRO' PIL V GPC Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEBL9 F 4W 5 P Basic Code CEBL9 = Cartridges and Body Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Size 4W = / BSP Cylinder Port / BSP Valve Port V /4 BSP V & All Other Ports Seals P = Contains polyurethane and standard seal. Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting 8 bar Std Setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-47.B

156 CEBL SERIES LOAD CONTROL / HOLDING VALVE c/w Independent Pilot Control HOSE BURST PROTECTION - LINE MOUNTED (REF: ISO 864) CEBL5 LOAD LOAD TYPICAL CIRCUIT E C PIL C CT CT E E CT CT C SERVO PILOT INLET DR PIL PIL V DR DR V 6 V APPLICATION These overcentre valves are suitable for use on the boom and dipper cylinders of an excavator to help the manufacturer or user comply with standard ISO864. They were designed to give relief, load holding and hose failure protection to systems where a pilot system controls the directional valves. OPERATION By connecting the pilot line in parallel with the spool valve pilot, the low pilot pressure allows the valve to open just prior to the spool valve, ensuring that the valve does not interfere with the normal operation of the machine. Fine adjustment of pilot valve allows for differing operating systems. Both the pilot and the relief sections are unaffected by back pressure, enabling the service line reliefs to operate normally, without interfering with the spool valve control as it meters the return flow. In the event of hose failure, the control will be passed from the main spool to the overcentre valve, maintaining control of the cylinder. As the pilot valve is operated on a zero differential, induced load pressure does not alter the preset pilot pressure. FEATURES This is a compact design with good dirt tolerance. Hardened poppets and seats provide excellent load holding characteristics with all the advantages of the cartridge insert. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated and passivated Bright drawn mild steel bar. Zinc plated and passivated Line mounted kg (6.6 lbs) SK947P (Polyurethane/Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C.6 millilitres/min max ( dpm) 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

157 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CEBL5 LINE MOUNTED APPROX MTG HOLES TAPPED M8x.5 x 5. DEEP 6. CPBD-F-P SET AT 8 BAR PILOT PRESSURE TORQUE TO Nm PSC-F5-P SET AT 6 BAR TORQUE TO 45 Nm Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEBL5 F 4W 5 P Basic Code Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Size 4W = / BSP Cylinder Port / BSP Valve Port G/8 All Other Ports Seals P = Contains polyurethane and standard seal. Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting 6 bar Std Setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-48.B

158 CEBL SERIES LOAD CONTROL / HOLDING VALVE HOSE BURST PROTECTION - LINE MOUNTED (REF: ISO 864) CEBL5 C LOAD PIL C D V PIL D V SERVO PILOT INLET TYPICAL CIRCUIT 6 APPLICATION These overcentre valves are suitable for use on the boom and dipper cylinders of an excavator to help the manufacturer or user comply with standard ISO864. They were designed to give relief, load holding and hose failure protection to systems where a pilot system controls the directional valves. PILOT RATIO : To allow use with normal pilot systems which can be found on most excavators SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst OPERATION By connecting the pilot line in parallel with the spool valve pilot, the high pilot ratio allows the valve to open just prior to the spool valve, ensuring that the valve does not interfere with the normal operation of the machine. Both the pilot and the relief sections are unaffected by back pressure, enabling the service line reliefs to operate normally, without interfering with the spool valve control as it meters the return flow. In the event of hose failure, the control will be passed from the main spool to the overcentre valve, maintaining control of the cylinder. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES This is a compact design with good dirt tolerance. Hardened poppets and seats provide excellent load holding characteristics with all the advantages of the cartridge insert. Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces electroless nickel plated Bright drawn mild steel bar. Zinc plated and passivated Mount directly to the cylinder using steel pipe..5 kg (. lbs) SK94 BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C.5 millilitres/min max 5 to 5 cst Integrated Hydraulics Limited Collins Road, Heathcote Industrial Estate, Warwick, CV4 6TF, England. Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () A

159 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: CEBL BALANCED LOAD CONTROL CARTRIDGE CEBD-F-5P- TORQUE TO Nm D 8. P 6 V 8. OFF MOUNTING HOLES Ø.5 THRO' C 4. Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CEBL5 F 4W 5 P Basic Code Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Size 4W = / BSP Cylinder Port / BSP Valve Port /4 BSP Pilot Port/Drain Port Seals P = Contains polyurethane and standard seal. Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting 5 bar Std Setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 6-49.A

160 SE SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK SE CYL () VALVE () PILOT () APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. The overcentre cartridge is ideal for mounting directly into a cavity machined in the body of the cylinder, motor or rotary actuator. The cartridge can also be mounted directly to the ports via a specifically machined body as part of a Hydraulic Integrated Circuit or single unit, or contained within one of our standard line bodies. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directional for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. PILOT RATIOS.5: Best suited for extremely unstable applications such as long booms or flexible frameworks. 5: Best suited for applications where load varies (Standard) and machine structure can induce instability : Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pliot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Directly interchangeable with litres/min pilot check valve. Cartridge Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Unrestricted A9-TA 45 Nm ( lbs ft).5 kg (. lbs) SK79 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst SK79V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: S-6-.A

161 PRESSURE DROP.5: & 5: version FLOW-US GPM : version FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR 45 FREE FLOW 5 PILOT OPEN 4 5 FLOW-LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-LITRES/MIN PILOT OPEN 4 FREE FLOW 45 5 PRESSURE-PSI CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: SE CAVITY A9-TA FORM DRILL: FORM REAMER: TD-A TR-A Ø5. MAX SCREW IN TO INCREASE PRESSURE SCREW OUT TO RELEASE LOAD 7. A/F.5 A THREAD AND ALL DIAMETERS.8 REF -A- Mx.5-6H 45 Ø.75 Ø5.4 Ø Ø MIN OPTIONAL DRILL Ø FOR SOCKET CLEARANCE Ø.. Ø MIN DEPTH L.S A/F Mx.5 THREAD. LOCATION SHOULDER R.5 MIN FULL THREAD x45 MAX Ø.49 Ø Ø Ø R.5 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE SE F 5 S 5 Basic Code Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a % tolerance. Pressure 4.8 l/min = (All pilot ratios): 7-5 bar. Std setting bar 5 = (.5: and 5:): 7-5 bar. Std setting bar (:): 9-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Other pressure ranges available on request We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio =.5: 5 = 5: (Standard) = : Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) S-6-.C

162 SER SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PART BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED SER POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () CYL () APPLICATION The SER series overcentre valve performs all duties of a regular overcentre but is able to relieve and stay open irrespective of downstream pressure. This enables the valve to operate when used with a closed centre directional valve which has service line reliefs. The poppet is pressure balanced, preventing relief setting increase due to back pressure. PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited for applications where load varies and machine structure can induce instability. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Directly interchangeable with litres/min pilot check valve. Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Unrestricted A9-TA 45 Nm ( lbs ft).5 kg (. lbs) SK79 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst SK79V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: S-6-.A

163 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW 45 5 PRESSURE-PSI FLOW-LITRES/MIN PILOT OPEN 4 5 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: SER Ø5. MAX L.S SCREW IN TO INCREASE PRESSURE SCREW OUT TO RELEASE LOAD 7. A/F. A/F Mx.5 THREAD CAVITY A9-TA..5 A LOCATION SHOULDER THREAD AND ALL DIAMETERS REF R.5 -A- Mx.5-6H 7.8 MIN FULL THREAD x45 MAX Ø.49 Ø Ø Ø.75 Ø5.4 Ø Ø FORM DRILL: FORM REAMER: MIN OPTIONAL DRILL Ø FOR SOCKET CLEARANCE Ø.. Ø7.48 Ø R.5. TD-A TR-A 7.48 MIN DEPTH. Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE SER F 5 S 4 Basic Code Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice S-6-.B

164 SEB SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED SEB POPPET RELIEF CYL () VALVE () PILOT () VENT (4) ATMOSPHERIC VENT APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by supplying a counterbalance pressure to the actuator. They prevent runaway in the event of hose burst and hold the load with minimal leakage. The pressure balanced valve is unaffected by back pressure, allowing service line reliefs to operate and for the valve to be used in regenerative or proportional valve systems. The overcentre valve should be mounted either into, onto or as close to the actuator as possible to give maximum protection. Single overcentre valves control unidirectional loads such as in aerial platforms, cranes or winches and dual overcentres are suited to bi-directional motion such as wheel motor applications or cylinders going over centre. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pliot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio PILOT RATIO 5: SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A9-TA 45 Nm ( lbs ft).4 kg (. lbs) SK79 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst SK79V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple dual purpose cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Directly interchangeable with litres/min pilot check valve. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: S-6-.A

165 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW 45 5 PRESSURE-PSI PILOT OPEN 4 5 FLOW-LITRES/MIN CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: SEB Ø9.5 MAX SCREW IN TO INCREASE PRESSURE. SCREW OUT TO RELEASE LOAD. 5. A/F CAVITY A9-TA.5 A THREAD AND ALL DIAMETERS Ø.75 Ø5.4 Ø.87.8 FORM DRILL: FORM REAMER: MIN OPTIONAL DRILL Ø FOR SOCKET CLEARANCE TD-A TR-A 59. MAX L.S A/F 5.4 A/F M x.5 THREAD. LOCATION SHOULDER REF R.5 -A- Mx.5-6H 7.8 MIN FULL THREAD Ø Ø.. Ø MIN DEPTH. 4.8 Ø5..5x45 MAX Ø.49 Ø Ø Ø R.5 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE SEB F 5 S 5 Basic Code Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Pressure 4.8 l/min 5 = 75-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Pilot Ratio 5 = 5: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice S-6-.B

166 SEL OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK AND COUNTERBALANCE SEL POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () CYL () APPLICATION The SEL overcentre valve performs all duties of a regular overcentre but maintains a counterbalance pressure to provide dampening of cylinders when there is a rapid loss in stored pressure. This counterbalance pressure reduces as the pilot pressure increases. Typical applications include extension cylinders on telescopic handlers where it is important to have a smooth operation when retracting from full extension. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material litres/min (8 US GPM) 8 bar (55 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated OPERATION The check section allows free flow and then locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied, maintaining a counterbalance pressure to prevent initial pressure loss and therefore instability. The total pressure setting will normally be set at. times the load induced pressure. The counterbalance pressure reduces as the pilot pressure increases. Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Unrestricted A9-TA 45 Nm ( lbs ft).5 kg (. lbs) SK79 (Nitrile) SK79V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: S-6-.B

167 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW 45 5 PRESSURE-PSI FLOW-LITRES/MIN PILOT OPEN 4 5 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: SEL Ø5. MAX SCREW IN TO INCREASE PRESSURE SCREW OUT TO RELEASE LOAD 7. A/F CAVITY A9-TA.5 A THREAD AND ALL DIAMETERS.8 REF 45 -A- Mx.5-6H Ø.75 Ø5.4 Ø Ø FORM DRILL: FORM REAMER: MIN OPTIONAL DRILL Ø FOR SOCKET CLEARANCE Ø.. Ø MIN DEPTH TD-A TR-A L.S A/F Mx.5 THREAD. LOCATION SHOULDER R.5 MIN FULL THREAD x45 MAX This valve has been designed to eliminate instability from flexible boom applications or where the load induced pressure varies greatly. To get the best results, the settings should be adjusted for each application and then factory set for production quantities. Please contact Integrated Hydraulics for more information. Ø.49 Ø Ø Ø R.5. Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code SEL F S 5 Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Pressure Range, 4.8 l/min = 7-. Std setting (7/5) = 4-7. Std setting 8 (/5) 4 = 7-8. Std setting 5 (/5) Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Counterbalance setting bar ( bar increments). High pressure setting bar ( bar increments). Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications S-6-4.C

168 SE SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK SE9 VALVE () PILOT () CYL () APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. The overcentre cartridge is ideal for mounting directly into a cavity machined in the body of the cylinder, motor or rotary actuator. The cartridge can also be mounted directly to the ports via a specifically machined body as part of a Hydraulic Integrated Circuit or single unit, or contained within one of our standard line bodies. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directions for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pliot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Other ratios available upon request. Nominal Viscosity Range 9 litres/min ( US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Unrestricted A9-TA 6 Nm (44 lbs ft).4 kg (.9 lbs) SK9 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst SK9V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: S-6-5.A

169 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM FREE FLOW 8 5 PRESSURE-BAR PILOTED OPEN PRESSURE-PSI FLOW LITRES/MIN CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: SE9 CAVITY A9-TA FORM DRILL: FORM REAMER: TD-A TR-A SCREW IN TO INCREASE PRESSURE. SCREW OUT TO RELEASE LOAD. L.S. 84. MAX Ø7. MAX 5. A/F 7. A/F.75 A/F "-4-UNS THREAD.5 A. THREAD AND ALL DIAMETERS A- -4UNS-B MIN FULL THREAD 5.88.x45 MAX.96 Ø7.48 Ø8. Ø. Ø Ø Ø 6.77 Ø9.5 Ø5.88 MIN OPTIONAL DRILL Ø FOR SOCKET CLEARANCE MIN 8.57 REF LOCATING SHOULDER. Ø.7.6 Ø.8. Ø.8.7 R.8 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE SE9 F 5 S 4 Basic Code Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Pressure 4.8 l/min = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar 5 = 75-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: Other ratios available upon request Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications S-6-5.B

170 SER SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PART BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED SER9 POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () CYL () APPLICATION The SER series overcentre valve performs all duties of a regular overcentre but is able to relieve and stay open irrespective of downstream pressure. This enables the valve to operate when used with a closed centre directional valve which has service line reliefs. The poppet is pressure balanced, preventing relief setting increase due to back pressure. PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Other ratios available upon request. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 9 litres/min ( US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Unrestricted A9-TA 6 Nm (44 lbs ft).4 kg (.9 lbs) SK9 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst SK9V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: S-6-6.A

171 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM FREE FLOW 8 5 PRESSURE-BAR PILOTED OPEN PRESSURE-PSI FLOW LITRES/MIN CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: SCREW IN TO INCREASE PRESSURE. SCREW OUT TO RELEASE LOAD. L.S. 84. MAX SER9 4. Ø7. MAX 5. A/F 7. A/F.75 A/F "-4-UNS THREAD CAVITY A9-TA.5 A. THREAD AND ALL DIAMETERS A- -4UNS-B MIN FULL THREAD 5.88.x45 MAX.96 Ø7.48 Ø8. Ø. Ø Ø FORM DRILL: FORM REAMER: 6.67 Ø 6.77 Ø9.5 Ø5.88 MIN OPTIONAL DRILL Ø FOR SOCKET CLEARANCE MIN TD-A TR-A 8.57 REF LOCATING SHOULDER. Ø.7.6 Ø.8. Ø.8.7 R.8 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE SER9 F 5 S 4 Basic Code Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Pressure 4.8 l/min = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar 5 = 75-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: Other ratios available upon request Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice S-6-6.B

172 SEB SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE FULLY BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED SEB9 POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () VENT (4) CYL () ATMOSPHERIC VENT APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by supplying a counterbalance pressure to the actuator. They will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and hold the load with minimal leakage. The pressure balanced overcentre relief setting is unaffected by back pressure, enabling the valve to stay open when the valve port pressure rises. This will allow service line reliefs to work normally and will also allow the control of regenerative or proportional systems. The overcentre valve should be mounted either into, onto or as close to the actuator as possible, using a machined cavity into the actuator or a suitable machined body, either gasket or line mounted. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directions for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Other ratios available upon request. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Mounting Position 9 litres/min ( US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Unrestricted OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range A9-TA 6 Nm (44 lbs ft).4 kg (.9 lbs) SK96 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst SK96V (Viton) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: S-6-7.A

173 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM FREE FLOW 8 5 PRESSURE-BAR PILOTED OPEN PRESSURE-PSI FLOW LITRES/MIN CARTRIDGE ONLY CAVITY FORM DRILL: FORM REAMER: TD-A TR-A BASIC CODE: SCREW IN TO INCREASE PRESSURE. SCREW OUT TO RELEASE LOAD. L.S. 84. MAX SEB9 Ø7. MAX Ø.7 5. A/F 7. A/F.75 A/F "-4-UNS THREAD.5 A. A9-TA THREAD AND ALL DIAMETERS A- -4UNS-B MIN FULL THREAD 5.88.x45 MAX.96 Ø7.48 Ø8. Ø. Ø Ø Ø.8. Ø Ø 6.77 Ø9.5 Ø5.88 MIN OPTIONAL DRILL Ø FOR SOCKET CLEARANCE MIN R REF LOCATING SHOULDER. Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE SEB9 F 5 S 4 Basic Code Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Pressure 4.8 l/min = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar 5 = 75-5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: Other ratios available upon request Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice S-6-7.B

174 SEL OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK AND COUNTERBALANCE SEL9 POPPET RELIEF VALVE () PILOT () CYL () APPLICATION The SEL9 overcentre valve performs all duties of a regular overcentre but maintains a counterbalance pressure to provide dampening to cylinders when there is a rapid loss in stored pressure. This counterbalance pressure reduces as the pilot pressure increases. Typical applications include extension cylinders on telescopic handlers where it is important to have a smooth operation when retracting from full extension. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Mounting Position 9 litres/min ( US GPM) 8 bar (55 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Unrestricted OPERATION The check section allows free flow and then locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied, maintaining a counterbalance pressure to prevent initial pressure loss and therefore instability. The total pressure setting will normally be set at. times the load induced pressure. The counterbalance pressure reduces as the pilot pressure increases. Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range A9-TA 6 Nm (44 lbs ft).4 kg (.9 lbs) SK9 (Nitrile) SK9V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: S-6-7.B

175 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW PRESSURE-PSI PILOTED OPEN 4 6 FLOW LITRES/MIN 8 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: SCREW IN TO INCREASE PRESSURE. SCREW OUT TO RELEASE LOAD. L.S. 84. MAX SEL9 Ø7. MAX 5. A/F 7. A/F.75 A/F "-4-UNS THREAD.5 A. CAVITY A9-TA THREAD AND ALL DIAMETERS A- -4UNS-B MIN FULL THREAD 5.88.x45 MAX.96 Ø7.48 Ø8. Ø. Ø Ø FORM DRILL: FORM REAMER: 6.67 Ø 6.77 Ø9.5 Ø5.88 MIN OPTIONAL DRILL Ø FOR SOCKET CLEARANCE MIN 8.57 REF TD-A TR-A LOCATING SHOULDER. Ø.7.6 Ø.8. Ø.8.7 R.8 This valve has been designed to eliminate instability from flexible boom applications or where the load induced pressure varies greatly. To get the best results, the settings should be adjusted for each application and then factory set for production quantities. Please contact Integrated Hydraulics for more information. Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code Pressure Range, 4.8 l/min = 7-5. Std (6/6) = -8. Std 8 (/6) Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min SEL9 Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. F S 6 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Counterbalance setting bar ( bar increments). High pressure setting bar ( bar increments). Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications S-6-74.C

176 SE SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK SE4 VALVE () PILOT () CYL () APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. The overcentre cartridge is ideal for mounting directly into a cavity machined in the body of the cylinder, motor or rotary actuator. The cartridge can also be mounted directly to the ports via a specifically machined body as part of a Hydraulic Integrated Circuit or single unit, or contained within one of our standard line bodies. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directions for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pliot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited where the load varies and machine structure can induce instability. 6: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Other ratios available upon request. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 4 litres/min (7 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 4 bar (49 psi) Relief Setting: 4 bar (69 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Unrestricted A94-T7A 5 Nm ( lbs ft). kg (.5 lbs) Seal Kit Number SK6 (Nitrile) SK6V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: S-6-9.A

177 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR PILOT OPEN 45 9 PRESSURE-PSI FREE FLOW FLOW LITRES/MIN CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: SE4 CAVITY A94-T7A FORM DRILL - TD-7A FORM REAMER - TR-7A 5. A/F 7. A/F Ø5. A/C SCREW IN TO INCREASE PRESSURE SCREW OUT TO RELEASE LOAD THREAD AND ALL DIAMETERS.5 A -A- M6x.-6H ALL SEAL LEADINS TO BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF NICKS AND SHARP EDGES. 45 Ø44.45 Ø Ø Ø MIN DEPTH 46. A/F (P) M6x. THREAD MAX L.S. LOCATING. SHOULDER MIN FULL THREAD 7.48 R Ø. Ø4.7. (V) (C) Ø SE#4-F TO FIT SUN CAVITY T-7A Ø5.4 Ø.8.75 Ø R.8 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE SE**** F 4 S 4 Basic Code Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Pressure 4.8 l/min = 4-5 bar. Std setting 9 bar = - bar. Std setting 7 bar 4 = -4 bar. Std setting 7 bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: 6 = 6: Other ratios available upon request Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications We reserve the right to change specifications without notice S-6-94.B

178 SER SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PART BALANCED - PILOT ASSISTED SER4 VALVE () PILOT () CYL () APPLICATION The SER series overcentre valve performs all duties of a regular overcentre but the relief section is able to stay open irrespective of downstream pressure. This enables the valve to operate when used with a closed centre directional valve which has service line reliefs. The poppet is pressure balanced, preventing relief setting increase due to back pressure. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited where the load varies and machine structure can induce instability. 6: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Other ratios available upon request. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight 4 litres/min (7 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 4 bar (49 psi) Relief Setting: 4 bar (69 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Unrestricted A94-T7A 5 Nm ( lbs ft). kg (.5 lbs) Seal Kit Number SK6 (Nitrile) SK6V (Viton) FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: S-6-95.A

179 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR PILOT OPEN 45 9 PRESSURE-PSI FREE FLOW FLOW LITRES/MIN CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: SER4 CAVITY A94-T7A FORM DRILL - TD-7A FORM REAMER - TR-7A 5. A/F 7. A/F Ø5. A/C SCREW IN TO INCREASE PRESSURE SCREW OUT TO RELEASE LOAD THREAD AND ALL DIAMETERS.5 A ALL SEAL LEADINS TO BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF NICKS AND SHARP EDGES. -A- M6x.-6H 45 Ø44.45 Ø Ø Ø MIN DEPTH 46. A/F (P) M6x. THREAD MAX L.S. LOCATING. SHOULDER MIN FULL THREAD 7.48 R Ø. Ø4.7. (V) (C) Ø SE#4-F TO FIT SUN CAVITY T-7A Ø5.4 Ø.8.75 Ø R.8 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE SER*** F 4 S 4 Basic Code Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Pressure 4.8 l/min = 4-5 bar. Std setting 9 bar = - bar. Std setting 7 bar 4 = -4 bar. Std setting 7 bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: 6 = 6: Other ratios available upon request Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications We reserve the right to change specifications without notice S-6-96.B

180 SEL4 SEL SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK AND COUNTERBALANCE VALVE () PILOT () CYL () APPLICATION The SEL overcentre valve performs all duties of a regular overcentre but maintains a counterbalance pressure to provide dampening to cylinders when there is a rapid loss in stored pressure. This counterbalance pressure reduces as the pilot pressure increases. Typical applications include extension cylinders on telescopic handlers where it is important to have a smooth operation when retracting from full extension. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material 4 litres/min (7 US GPM) 8 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Mounting Position Unrestricted OPERATION The check section allows free flow and then locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pilot pressure is applied, maintaining a counterbalance pressure to prevent initial pressure loss and therefore instability. The total pressure setting will normally be set at. times the load induced pressure. The counterbalance pressure reduces as the pilot pressure increases. Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number SK6 (Nitrile) SK6V (Viton) Recommended Filtration Level A94-T7A 5 Nm ( lbs ft). kg (.5 lbs) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: S-6-97.A

181 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR PILOT OPEN 45 9 PRESSURE-PSI FREE FLOW FLOW LITRES/MIN CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: 5. A/F 7. A/F SEL4 Ø5. A/C SCREW IN TO INCREASE PRESSURE SCREW OUT TO RELEASE LOAD CAVITY A94-T7A THREAD AND ALL DIAMETERS.5 A -A- M6x.-6H ALL SEAL LEADINS TO BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF NICKS AND SHARP EDGES. 45 FORM DRILL - TD-7A FORM REAMER - TR-7A Ø44.45 Ø Ø Ø MIN DEPTH 46. A/F (P) M6x. THREAD MAX L.S. LOCATING. SHOULDER MIN FULL THREAD 7.48 R Ø. Ø4.7. (V) (C) Ø SE#4-F TO FIT SUN CAVITY T-7A Ø5.4 Ø.8.75 Ø R.8 This valve has been designed to eliminate instability from flexible boom applications or where the load induced pressure varies greatly. To get the best results, the settings should be adjusted for each application and then factory set for production quantities. Please contact Integrated Hydraulics for more information. Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code SEL4 Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Pressure Range, 4.8 l/min = 7-. Std (6/6) = -8. Std 8 (/6) 4 = -8. Std 5 (9/6) F S 6 Counterbalance setting bar ( bar increments). High pressure setting bar ( bar increments). Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice S-6-98.B

182 CONTENTS SECTION 7 - CHECK VALVES This section contains check valves of sizes up to /4 BSP and cracking pressure from.5 to 7. bar. Also included in this section are hose rupture valves of sizes up to /4 BSP and pilot check valves with flow ranges up to litres/min (8 US GPM). These are available in cartridge, insert or body form. SELECTION SECTION SERIES APPLICATION RANGE PAGE FPR Poppet line mounted check valve Non return valves or bypass low pressure reliefs Up to 5 bar (5 psi) Up to 5 l/min (6 US GPM) 7-7 4CK(D) Cartridge pilot to open check valve 4CKKT Dual pilot operated check with thermal relief. Pilot operated check valves for load holding applications such as stabiliser legs or cylinder locking. Available with decompression feature Dual pilot operated check cartridge for load holding applications such as stabiliser legs or cylinder locking. Includes thermal relief element. Up to 5 bar (5 psi) Up to l/min (8 US GPM) Up to bar (45 psi) Up to 5l/min (6.6 US GPM) 7-5 to CK Cartridge pilot to close check valve Pilot to close check valves can be used for regenerative systems or in hydraulic logic circuits Up to 5 bar ( psi) Up to 5 l/min (65 US GPM) 7- Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) G

183 TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLES COOLER BYPASS ACCUMULATOR HOLDING 7 LOAD STABILISER CYLINDER HOSE FAILURE OPTIONS Other options are available, such as mechanically operated checks or checks with manual overrides. Some ventable valves are also manufactured. Special valves with restrictions in one direction and free flow in the other are also easily produced. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

184 FPR SERIES CHECK VALVE GUIDED POPPET LINE MOUNTED SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow litres/min (8 US GPM) Valve Material Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated INLET () OUTLET () Mounting Position Line mounted 7 APPLICATION A range of line mounted valves for convenient installation into hydraulic circuits. Valves allow flow at a low pressure drop (from.5 bar, 7 psi) in the free flow direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction. The range extends from /4 BSP to / BSP ( litres/min US GPM to litres/min, 8 US GPM) nominal flow with cracking pressures from.5 to 5 bar (7 to 7.5 psi). FEATURES Weight Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Nominal Viscosity Range FPR /4 FPR /8 FPR / FPR /4 FPR FPR /4 FPR / BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst. kg (.4 lbs).9 kg (.4 lbs).5 kg (.55 lbs).5 kg (. lbs).89 kg (.95 lbs).75 kg (.85 lbs). kg (4.6 lbs) All steel construction with hardened and precision ground poppet gives excellent flow capability and shut-off characteristics with good tolerance to particle (dirt) contaminated fluid. PRESSURE DROP FPR /4 FPR /8 FPR / FLOW-US GPM FLOW-US GPM FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR BAR BAR.5 BAR FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-BAR BAR BAR.5 BAR 5 5 FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-BAR BAR BAR.5 BAR FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

185 PRESSURE DROP FPR /4 FPR PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-BAR BAR FLOW LITRES/MIN FLOW-US GPM FLOW-US GPM BAR 5 BAR BAR 8 BAR.5 BAR 6 FLOW LITRES/MIN FPR /4 FPR / PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM FLOW LITRES/MIN FLOW-US GPM BAR 5 BAR BAR.5 BAR BAR 5.5 BAR FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-PSI 7 A B C Basic Code Flow Rate Pressure A B C FPR /4 FPR /8 FPR / FPR /4 FPR FPR /4 FPR / litres/min ( US GPM) litres/min ( 8 US GPM) 45 litres/min ( US GPM) 85 litres/min ( US GPM) 4 litres/min (7 US GPM) litres/min (58 US GPM) litres/min (8 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) 5 bar (5 psi) 5 bar (5 psi) bar (4 psi) 5 bar (6 psi) 5 bar (6 psi) bar ( psi) /4 BSP /8 BSP / BSP /4 BSP BSP /4 BSP / BSP Basic Code FPR/4 = Inline valve FPR/8 = Inline valve FPR/ = Inline valve FPR/4 = Inline valve FPR = Inline valve FPR/4 = Inline valve FPR/ = Inline valve Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE FPR **.5 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 7-.E Cracking Pressure.5 =.5 bar (standard). =. bar (FPR/4, /8, /, /4 Only).5 =.5 bar 5. = 5. bar. =. bar

186 4CK SERIES CHECK VALVE PILOT TO OPEN 4CK VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 7 APPLICATION Pilot check valves allow flow to pass in one direction, with a low pressure drop, then prevent reverse flow until pilot pressure is applied. There are many applications for this valve type, the most common being to lock and hold a cylinder, or another hydraulic actuator, in position. The 4CK is a small cartridge valve and is ideally suited for fitting directly into a cylinder, giving economy of installation, direct control of cylinder movement and ease of servicing. OPERATION Pressure on the valve port causes the poppet to lift against the spring force, allowing the flow to the cylinder port. Reverse flow is prevented by the poppet reseating. Pressure applied to the pilot port will overcome the cylinder port pressure and lift the poppet from its seat, allowing flow from the cylinder to valve port. PRESSURE DROP PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM 7.5 FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN PRESSURE-PSI FEATURES Hardened and ground poppet gives excellent flow capability for valve size, positive sealing and long working life. Cartridge construction allows installation in actuators, manifold blocks and Hydraulic Integrated Circuits. Fits the same cavity as the CE overcentre valve. See page 6-. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure Pilot Ratio : Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage litres/min (8 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. Electroless zinc plated body Unrestricted Cavity Number A66 (See Section 7) Torque Cartridge into Cavity Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option. 45 Nm ( lbs ft) 4CK 4CK5 4CKK5 SK4 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C.8 kg (.8 lbs).4 kg (.75 lbs).76 kg (.67 lbs). millilitres/min nominal SK4V (Viton) 4 FLOW LITRES/MIN 5 Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

187 CARTRIDGE ONLY SINGLE VALVE /8 / PORTS BASIC CODE: 4CK MAX CYL () 4. A/F M X.5-6g PILOT () VALVE () BASIC CODE: 4CK5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B C C V V V V SAE, aluminium /8 B56 / B BSP, steel /8 B SAE, steel / B HOLES Ø9. THRO' DUAL VALVE /8 / PORTS BASIC CODE: 4CKK4 DUAL CHECK VALVE (INTERNALLY CROSSED PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B686 SAE, aluminium /8 B85 / B7 BSP, steel /8 B8 SAE, steel / B8 7 C C Where measurements are critical request certified drawings HOLES ø9. THRO' ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE 4CK*** W S Basic Code 4CK = Cartridge Only 4CK5 = Cartridge and Body 4CKK4 = Cartridges and Dual Body Pilot Port Sizes = Internal Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP. /4 BSP Pilot Port 6T = /8 SAE. /4 SAE Pilot Port 8T = / SAE. /4 SAE Pilot Port Optional Pilot Seal Omit if not required Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 7-5.F

188 4CK SERIES CHECK VALVES PILOT OPERATED POPPET 4CK9 VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 7 APPLICATION Pilot check valves allow flow to pass in one direction, with a low pressure drop, then prevent reverse flow until pilot pressure is applied. There are many applications for this valve type, the most common being to lock and hold a cylinder, or another hydraulic actuator, in position. The 4CK9 is a small cartridge valve is ideally suited for fitting directly into a cylinder, giving economy of installation, direct control of cylinder movement and ease of servicing. OPERATION Pressure on the valve port causes the poppet to lift against the spring force, allowing the flow to the cylinder port. Reverse flow is prevented by the poppet reseating. Pressure applied to the pilot port will overcome the cylinder port pressure and lift the poppet from its seat, allowing return flow. PRESSURE DROP PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM 5 PILOTED OPEN FREE FLOW PRESSURE-PSI FEATURES Hardened and ground poppet gives excellent flow capability, positive sealing and long working life. The larger seat diameter restricts the pilot ratio to 4:. Cartridge construction allows installation in actuators, manifold blocks and Hydraulic Integrated Circuits. Versions with sealed pilot pistons are available. Fits the same cavity as the CE9 overcentre valve. See page 6-5. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure Pilot Ratio 4: Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage 9 litres/min (4 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. Electroless zinc plated body Unrestricted Cavity Number A6 (See Section 7) Torque Cartridge into Cavity Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option. 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) 4CK9 4CK95 4CKK95 SK8 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C.7 kg (.6 lbs). kg (.9 lbs). kg (4.5 lbs) SK8V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 4 FLOW-LITRES/MIN 6 8 Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

189 CARTRIDGE ONLY SINGLE VALVE / PORTS BASIC CODE: 4CK MAX. A/F M7 X.5-6g PILOT () BASIC CODE: 4CK95 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / B SAE, aluminium / B BSP, steel / B66 8. SAE, steel / B MAX VALVE () CYL () HOLES Ø. THRO' DUAL VALVE BASIC CODE: 4CKK95 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / C67 SAE, aluminium / C87 / PORTS BSP, steel / C68 SAE, steel / C56 C C V V V C C V 88.5 MAX Where measurements are critical request certified drawings HOLES Ø. THRO' ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE 4CK*** 4W S Basic Code 4CK9 = Cartridge Only 4CK95 = Cartridge and Body 4CKK95 = Cartridges and Dual Body Pilot Port Sizes = Internal Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 4W = / BSP. /4 BSP. Pilot Port 8T = / SAE /4 SAE Pilot Port Optional Pilot Seal Omit if not required Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 7-6.E

190 4CKD SERIES CHECK VALVES PILOT OPERATED WITH DECOMPRESSION STAGE 4CKD9 VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 7 APPLICATION A decompression pilot check can be used in most applications that use a standard pilot operated check. Free flow in one direction and load holding in the other. The decompression feature allows locked-in pressure to decay in a controlled fashion, reducing hydraulic noise and instability caused by the rapid loss of energy from the actuator. The valve is effective in clamping circuits and when used with intensifiers or when there are high load induced pressures. OPERATION The ball and poppet are held onto their respective seats by spring force, ensuring positive sealing as long as the pressure on port is equal to or greater than the pressure on port. As soon as the pressure on port exceeds the pressure on port plus the spring force, the valve opens from to. In order to pass flow in the reverse direction, pilot pressure must be applied to port. Once this reaches the required level, the pilot piston acting on the pin in the centre of the poppet lifts the ball off its seat, enabling the fluid to decompress and thus reducing the load pressure acting on port. As the load pressure decreases, the pilot pressure required to open the main stage also decreases and when the correct pilot pressure is reached, the main stage poppet is lifted off its seat by the advancing pilot piston, allowing full flow from to. FEATURES Decompression stage reduces hydraulic noise on rapid loss of pressure. Precision ground ball and hardened & ground poppet ensure positive sealing and long, troublefree working life. This valve is directly interchangeable with the 4CK9 check valve and CE*9 series overcentre valve. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure Pilot Ratio Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity 9 litres/min (4 US GPM) Cylinder Port : Ports & : 5: - decompression stage : - main stage Working parts hardened and ground steel. Electroless nickel plated body Unrestricted 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) 4 bar (6 psi) 5 bar (5 psi) Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option. A6 When calculating the pilot pressure, it must be remembered that any back pressure on port will cause this to increase on a : ratio. Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage.4 kg (.54 lbs) SK986 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C SK986V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

191 PRESSURE DROP CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: 4CKD9 FLOW-US GPM MAX. A/F M7x MAX 7. MIN PILOT () VALVE () CYL () ø. C C V V PRESSURE-BAR PILOTED OPEN 6 FREE FLOW FLOW-LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI Note. Ensure cavity clears nose end of cartridge SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: 4CKD95 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / B65 SAE, aluminium / B86 / PORTS DUAL VALVE BSP, steel / B66 SAE, steel / B9 BASIC CODE: 4CKKD95 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium / C67 SAE, aluminium / C87 / PORTS BSP, steel / C68 SAE, steel / C MAX V C C V 88.5 MAX HOLES Ø. THRO' HOLES Ø. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE 4CK**** 4W S Basic Code 4CKD9 = Cartridge Only 4CKD95 = Cartridge and Body 4CKKD95 = Cartridges and Dual Body Pilot Port Sizes = Internal Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 4W = / BSP. /4 BSP. Pilot Port 8T = / SAE /4 SAE Pilot Port Optional Pilot Seal Omit if not required Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 7-64.C

192 4CK SERIES CHECK VALVES PILOT OPERATED POPPET 4CK VALVE () PILOT () CYL () Optional External Pilot Port 7 APPLICATION Pilot check valves allow flow to pass in one direction, with a low pressure drop, then prevent reverse flow until pilot pressure is applied. There are many applications for this valve type, the most common being to lock and hold a cylinder, or another hydraulic actuator, in position. The 4CK cartridge valve is ideally suited for fitting directly into a cylinder, giving economy of installation, direct control of cylinder movement and ease of servicing. OPERATION Pressure on the valve port causes the poppet to lift against the spring force, allowing flow to the cylinder port. Reverse flow is prevented by the check reseating. Pressure applied to the pilot port will overcome the cylinder port pressure and lift the poppet from its seat, allowing return flow. PRESSURE DROP PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM 4 PILOTED OPEN FREE FLOW PRESSURE-PSI FEATURES Hardened and ground poppet gives excellent flow capability, positive sealing and long working life. The larger seat diameter restricts the pilot ratio to :. Cartridge construction allows installation in actuators, manifold blocks and Hydraulic Integrated Circuits. Versions with sealed pilot pistons are available. Fits the same cavity as the CE overcentre valve. See page 6-8. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure Pilot Ratio : Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level litres/min ( US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. Zinc plated body Unrestricted Cavity Number A877 (See Section 7) Torque Cartridge into Cavity Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option. Nm (74 lbs ft) 4CK 4CK5 4CKK5 SK8 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal).8 kg (.6 lbs).5 kg (.54 lbs).96 kg (4. lbs) SK8V (Viton) Operating Temp Leakage - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 6 FLOW-LITRES/MIN 9 5 Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

193 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: 4CK MAX 8. A/F -5/6- UN-A PILOT () VALVE ().6 SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: 4CK5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B SAE, aluminium /4 B8 B78 HOLES Ø.5 THRO' /4 PORTS BSP, steel /4 B5544 SAE, steel B84 7. MAX CYL () DUAL VALVE BASIC CODE: 4CKK5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 C54 SAE, aluminium /4 C69 /4 PORTS (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) BSP, steel /4 C SAE, steel /4 C C C 7 8. V V. 7. MAX V V 5. HOLES ø9. THRO' C C Where measurements are critical request certified drawings.6 ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code 4CK = Cartridge Only 4CK5 = Cartridge and Body 4CKK5 = Cartridges and Dual Body 4CK**** Pilot Port Sizes = Internal W = /4 BSP (External Pilot). Omit for bodied valves 4T = /4 SAE (External Pilot). Omit for bodied valves 6W S Optional Pilot Seal Omit if not required Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6W = /4 BSP. /4 BSP Pilot Port T= /4 SAE. /4 SAE Pilot Port 6T= SAE. /4 SAE Pilot Port We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 7-7.F

194 4CK SERIES CHECK VALVE PILOT OPERATED POPPET 4CK VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 7 APPLICATION Pilot check valves allow flow to pass in one direction, with a low pressure drop, then prevent reverse flow until pilot pressure is applied. There are many applications for this valve type, the most common being to lock and hold a cylinder, or another hydraulic actuator, in position. The 4CK cartridge valve is ideally suited for fitting directly into a cylinder, giving economy of installation, direct control of cylinder movement and ease of servicing. OPERATION Pressure on the valve port causes the poppet to lift against the spring force, allowing flow to the cylinder port. Reverse flow is prevented by the check reseating. Pressure applied to the pilot port will overcome the cylinder port pressure and lift the poppet from its seat, allowing return flow. PRESSURE DROP 4 FLOW-US GPM FEATURES Hardened and ground poppet gives excellent flow capability, positive sealing and long working life. The larger seat diameter restricts the pilot ratio to :. Cartridge construction allows installation in actuators, manifold blocks and Hydraulic Integrated Circuits. Versions with sealed pilot pistons are available. Fits the same cavity as the CE overcentre valve. See page 6-. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure Pilot Ratio : Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position litres/min (8 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. zinc nickel plated body Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option. Unrestricted Cavity Number A695 (See Section 7) Torque Cartridge into Cavity 5 Nm ( lbs ft) PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW PILOT OPEN 5 5 PRESSURE-PSI Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp 4CK 4CK5 4CKK5 SK68 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C.8 kg (.6 lbs).5 kg (.54 lbs).96 kg (4. lbs) SK68V (Viton) 5 Leakage.5 millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 5 FLOW LITRES/MIN Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

195 CARTRIDGE ONLY SINGLE VALVE /4 PORTS BASIC CODE: 4CK MAX 46. A/F -5/8- UN-A PILOT () VALVE () BASIC CODE: 4CK5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B SAE, aluminium /4 B BSP, steel /4 B86 SAE, steel /4 B MAX CYL () HOLES Ø.5 THRO' DUAL VALVE BASIC CODE: 4CKK5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 C874 SAE, aluminium /4 C8 /4 PORTS (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) BSP, steel /4 C875 SAE, steel /4 C564 C C V V HOLES Ø. THRO' V V 5. MAX C C Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE 4CK**** W S Basic Code 4CK = Cartridge Only 4CK5 = Cartridge and Body 4CKK5 = Cartridges and Dual Body Pilot Port Size = Internal Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /4 BSP. /4 BSP Pilot Port T = /4 SAE. /4 SAE Pilot Port Pilot Seal Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 7-8.E

196 4CK SERIES CHECKVALVE ALTERNATIVE BODY ARRANGEMENTS for to Litres/min Valves COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: 4CK6 THROUGH PORTED Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B54 BSP, steel /8 B54 HOLES ø7. THRO' C V /8 PORTS - 4CK* CARTRIDGE BASIC CODE: 4CBK5 BANJO MOUNTED V 7. Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 AXP67-W-S.5.8 Banjo bolt torque - 47 Nm MAX BASIC CODE: 4CKG5 GASKET MOUNTED Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 BXP6-W-S.5 6. HOLES ø9. THRO' BASIC CODE:4CKK5 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 BXP447 -W-S SAE, aluminium /8 BXP447-6T-S C C HOLES Ø9. THRO' BSP, steel /8 BXP447 -W-S V V COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: 4CK56 THROUGH PORTED Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B69 BSP, steel /4 B HOLES ø9. THRO' C /4 PORTS - 4CK* CARTRIDGE BASIC CODE: 4CBK5 BANJO MOUNTED V V Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 AXP565-6W-S MAX 76. /4 SAE 6 PSI FLANGE PORTS - 4CK* CARTRIDGE BASIC CODE: 4CKG5 GASKET MOUNTED Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 BXP64-6W-S BSP, steel /4 BXP64-6W-S HOLES Ø. THRO' Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

197 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: 4CK56 THROUGH PORTED Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 C67 BSP, steel /4 C68 /4 PORTS - 4CK* CARTRIDGE HOLES Ø. THRO' V C V /4 SAE 6 PSI FLANGE PORTS - 4CK* CARTRIDGE BASIC CODE: 4CKG5 GASKET MOUNTED Sub assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 BXP647-W-S BSP, steel /4 BXP647-W-S HOLES Ø5. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code 4CK6 = Cartridge & Body Thro Ported 4CBK5 = Cartridge & Body Banjo Mounted 4CKG5 = Cartridge & Body Gasket Mounted 4CKK5 = Cartridge & Dual Body 4CK56 = Cartridge & Body Thro Ported 4CBK5 = Cartridge & Body Banjo Mounted 4CKG5 = Cartridge & Body Gasket Mounted 4CK56 = Cartridge & Body Thro Ported 4CKG5 = Cartridge & Body Gasket Mounted 4CK***** W S Optional Pilot Seal = Required Omit if not required Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Port Sizes W = /8 BSP 6T = /8 SAE 6W = /4 BSP W = /4 BSP We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 7-86.C

198 4CKKT5 4CKKT SERIES DUAL CHECK VALVE PILOT TO OPEN WITH THERMAL RELIEF APPLICATION Pilot check valves allow flow to pass in one direction, with a low pressure drop, then prevent reverse flow until pilot pressure is applied. There are many applications for this valve type, the most common being to lock and hold a cylinder, or another hydraulic actuator, in position. A pilot relief valve will protect the cylinder and hoses from thermal expansion of the hydraulic fluid. OPERATION Pressure on the valve port causes the poppet to lift against the spring force, allowing the flow to the cylinder port. Reverse flow is prevented by the poppet reseating. Pressure applied to the pilot port will overcome the cylinder port pressure and lift the poppet from its seat, allowing flow from the cylinder to valve port. In dual pilot check valves, each pilot section is cross connected to the opposite line giving automatic pilot operation in both directions. When the pressure in C rises above the setting of the relief valve, the relief valve will open, allowing flow to the V port, relieving pressure on the cylinder. FEATURES Hardened and ground poppet gives excellent flow capability for valve size, positive sealing and long working life. Cartridge construction allows installation in actuators, manifold blocks and Hydraulic Integrated Circuits. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure Pilot Ratio : Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position 5 litres/min (6.6 US GPM) bar (45 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. Electroless zinc plated body Unrestricted Cavity Number A744 (See Section 7) Torque Cartridge into Cavity Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option. Nm ( lbs ft) Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage C-V C-V Nominal Viscosity Range 4CKKT5 4CKKT55 SK (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst.8 kg (.8 lbs).4 kg (.75 lbs) SKV (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 d.p.m). millilitres/min nominal (5 d.p.m) *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

199 PRESSURE DROP.5 FLOW - US GPM FLOW - US GPM PRESSURE - BAR V-C V-C 45 PRESSURE - PSI PRESSURE - BAR C-V 45 PRESSURE - PSI 5 C-V FLOW - LITRES/MIN FLOW - LITRES/MIN FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: 4CKKT5 5.4 A/F (" A/F) DUAL VALVE BASIC CODE: 4CKKT55 (INTERNALLY CROSS PILOTED) Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B94 / B98 SAE, aluminium /8 B94 / B99 /8 PORTS /8"-4-UNF 4(C) (V) (V) HOLES ø 7. THRO'.8 6. (C) Where measurements are critical request certified drawings.8 ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE 4CKKT W S 8 Basic Code 4CKKT5 = Cartridge Only 4CKKT55 = Cartridge and Body Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP. 6T = /8 SAE. 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE Pilot Ratio = : We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Pressure Setting 4 = 4 bar (5 psi) 8 = 8 bar (4 psi) 5 = 5 bar (5 psi) Optional Pilot Seal = Standard Omit if not required Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) 7-98.C

200 4KD SERIES CHECK VALVE PILOT OPERATED WITH DECOMPRESSION STAGE 4KD5 VALVE () CYL () PILOT () 7 APPLICATION Used to lock a cylinder or part of a circuit and prevent reverse flow until pilot pressure is applied. For use in high pressure, low flow circuits and circuits requiring decompression. Can be used in conjunction with the T6 pressure intensifier. See page 6-. FEATURES Decompression feature for low pilot pressure requirements and to reduce hydraulic noise on rapid loss of pressure. OPERATION In free flow direction, flow through inlet unseats the poppet and flows out of the cylinder port. When the control valve is centred the load is locked. When pilot pressure is applied the piston unseats the small poppet in the centre of the main poppet. Flow through this small seat area lowers the load or locked pressure (decompression stage). With load pressure reduced the main poppet is then piloted fully open allowing reverse flow. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure Pilot Ratio 5 litres/min (6 US GPM) 7 bar ( psi) Cylinder Port 4 bar ( psi) Pilot Port 5: Decompression 4: Full flow PRESSURE DROP Body Material Mounting Position Steel Line mounted 8 FLOW-US GPM Weight.8 kg (.8 lbs) Seal Kit Number SK6 (Nitrile) SK6V (Viton) PRESSURE-BAR 6 4 FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN 8 4 PRESSURE-PSI Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Nominal Viscosity Range BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst 5 FLOW-LITRES/MIN 5 5 Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

201 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: 4KD5 /4 PORTS HOLES ø9. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE 4KD5 N W S Basic Code 4KD5 = Complete Valve O Ring on Pilot Piston (Standard) Adjustment Means N = Fixed Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /4 BSP Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (for hig temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 7-.B

202 5CK SERIES CHECK VALVES PILOT TO CLOSE 5CK; 5CK; 5CK VALVE () PILOT () CYL () 7 APPLICATION Pilot to close check valves allow flow to pass in one direction, with a low pressure drop to prevent reverse flow. When the pilot pressure is applied, flow is prevented in either direction. The pilot ratio of : allows a lower pressure in the pilot line to hold the valve closed. The 5CK series are check cartridges ideally suited for fitting directly onto a cylinder. They are ideal for use in regenerative circuits, accumulator dump circuits and in control of cylinders or motors. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst OPERATION Pressure on the cylinder port causes the ball to lift against the spring force, allowing flow through to the valve port. Reverse flow is prevented by the ball reseating. Pressure applied to the pilot port will hold the ball against its seat, preventing flow from cylinder to valve. FEATURES Easy flow path gives good pressure to flow characteristics and hardened components ensure a long working life. Cartridge construction allows installation in actuators, manifold blocks and Hydraulic Integrated Circuits. They fit the same cavities as the 4CK pilot to open check valves, so care should be taken when selecting the valve. Rated Flow Max Pressure Pilot Ratio Cartridge Material Line Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Recommended Filtration Seal Kit Number Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 5CK 5CK 5CK litres/min (8 US GPM) litres/min ( US GPM) 5 litres/min (65 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) : Working parts hardened and ground steel. Zinc nickel plated body Standard aluminium (up to bar*). Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A66 A Nm ( lbs ft) Nm (74 lbs ft).8 kg (.8 lbs).8 kg (.6 lbs) SK89 / SK89V SK8 / SK8V BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst A695 5 Nm ( lbs ft).8 kg (.6 lbs) SK84 / SK84V *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

203 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: 5CK MAX 4. A/F M X.5-6g PILOT () VALVE () CYL () PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM FREE FLOW 4 FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: 5CK5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B SAE, aluminium /8 B HOLES Ø9. THRO' /8 / PORTS BSP, steel /8 B8 SAE, steel / B CARTRIDGE ONLY PRESSURE DROP SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: 5CK MAX PILOT () VALVE () 8. A/F -5/6- UN-A PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM FREE FLOW PRESSURE-PSI BASIC CODE: 5CK5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B SAE, aluminium /4 B8 B78 HOLES Ø.5 THRO' BSP, steel /4 B5544 /4 PORTS SAE, steel B84 7. MAX 7 CYL () 6 9 FLOW LITRES/MIN CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: 5CK 69.5 MAX. MAX 46. A/F -5/8- UN-A PILOT () VALVE () CYL () PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM FREE FLOW FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI HOLES Ø.5 THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE SINGLE VALVE BASIC CODE: 5CK5 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B684 SAE, aluminium /4 B BSP, steel /4 B86 /4 PORTS SAE, steel /4 B MAX Basic Code 5CK/5CK/5CK = Cartridge Only 5CK5/5CK5/5CK5 = Cartridge and Body 5CK*** Pilot Port Size (Omit for line valves) = Internal Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP. 6T = /8 SAE. /4 BSP/SAE Pilot Port 6W = /4 BSP. T = /4 SAE. /4 BSP/SAE Pilot Port W = /4 BSP. T = /4 SAE. /4 BSP/SAE Pilot Port W S Pilot Ratio = : Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 7-.E

204 4SK SERIES CHECK VALVE PILOT TO OPEN 4SK VALVE () PILOT () CYL () APPLICATION Pilot check valves allow flow to pass in one direction, with a low pressure drop, then prevent reverse flow until pilot pressure is applied. There are many applications for this valve type, the most common being to lock and hold a cylinder, or another hydraulic actuator, in position. The 4SK is a small cartridge valve and is ideally suited for fitting directly into a cylinder, giving economy of installation, direct control of cylinder movement and ease of servicing. OPERATION Pressure on the valve port causes the poppet to lift against the spring force, allowing the flow to the cylinder port. Reverse flow is prevented by the poppet reseating. Pressure applied to the pilot port will overcome the cylinder port pressure and lift the poppet from its seat, allowing flow from the cylinder to valve port. FEATURES Hardened and ground poppet gives excellent flow capability for valve size, positive sealing and long working life. Cartridge construction allows installation in actuators, manifold blocks and Hydraulic Integrated Circuits. Fits the same cavity as the SE overcentre valve. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure Pilot Ratio : & 5: Cartridge Material Mounting Position Cavity Number litres/min (8 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. Zinc plated body Unrestricted A9-TA PRESSURE DROP Torque Cavity into Cartridge 45 Nm ( lbs ft) FLOW-US GPM Weight.8 kg (.9 lbs) 5 5 Seal Kit Number SK79 (Nitrile) SK79V (Viton) 5 Recommended Filtration Level BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) PRESSURE-BAR 5 5 FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN 5 5 PRESSURE-PSI Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal 5 to 5 cst 4 FLOW LITRES/MIN 5 Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: S-7-5.A

205 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: 4SK. A/F L.S. M x.5 THREAD CAVITY A9-TA FORM DRILL: FORM REAMER:.5 A THREAD AND ALL DIAMETERS TD-A TR-A Ø.75 Ø5.4 Ø.87.8 MIN OPTIONAL DRILL Ø FOR SOCKET CLEARANCE -A-.6 Ø.68.6 Ø....8 REF Mx.5-6H 45.6 Ø MIN DEPTH. LOCATION SHOULDER R MIN FULL THREAD x45 MAX Ø.49 Ø Ø Ø R.5 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE 4SK S Basic Code Pilot Ratio = : 5 = 5: Optional Pilot Seal Omit if not required Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice S-7-5.A

206 4SK SERIES CHECK VALVES PILOT OPERATED POPPET 4SK9 VALVE () PILOT () CYL () APPLICATION Pilot check valves allow flow to pass in one direction, with a low pressure drop, then prevent reverse flow until pilot pressure is applied. There are many applications for this valve type, the most common being to lock and hold a cylinder, or another hydraulic actuator, in position. The 4SK9 is a small cartridge valve ideally suited for fitting directly into a cylinder, giving economy of installation, direct control of cylinder movement and ease of servicing. OPERATION Pressure on the valve port causes the poppet to lift against the spring force, allowing the flow to the cylinder port. Reverse flow is prevented by the poppet reseating. Pressure applied to the pilot port will overcome the cylinder port pressure and lift the poppet from its seat, allowing return flow. PRESSURE DROP 5 5 FLOW-US GPM 5 5 FEATURES Hardened and ground poppet gives excellent flow capability, positive sealing and long working life. The larger seat diameter restricts the pilot ratio to 4:. Cartridge construction allows installation in actuators, manifold blocks and Hydraulic Integrated Circuits. Versions with sealed pilot pistons are available. Fits the same cavity as the SE9 overcentre valve. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure Pilot Ratio 4: Cartridge Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cavity into Cartridge Weight 9 litres/min (4 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. Zinc plated body Unrestricted A9-TA 6 Nm (44 lbs ft).9 kg (.86 lbs) PRESSURE-BAR 5 5 PILOTED OPEN FREE FLOW PRESSURE-PSI Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range SK9 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst SK9V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 4 FLOW-LITRES/MIN 6 8 Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: S-7-6.A

207 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: 4SK9 8.6 A/F 4. L.S THREAD "-4UNS 7. CAVITY A9-TA FORM DRILL: FORM REAMER: TD-A TR-A.5 A. THREAD AND ALL DIAMETERS A- -4UNS-B MIN FULL THREAD 5.88.x45 MAX.96 Ø7.48 Ø8. Ø. Ø Ø Ø.8. Ø Ø 6.77 Ø9.5 Ø5.88 MIN OPTIONAL DRILL Ø FOR SOCKET CLEARANCE MIN R REF LOCATING SHOULDER. Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE 4SK9 4 S Basic Code Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: Optional Pilot Seal Omit if not required Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice S-7-6.A

208 4SK4 4SK SERIES CHECK VALVES PILOT OPERATED POPPET (P) (V) (C) PRESSURE-BAR APPLICATION Pilot check valves allow flow to pass in one direction, with a low pressure drop, then prevent reverse flow until pilot pressure is applied. There are many applications for this valve type, the most common being to lock and hold a cylinder, or another hydraulic actuator, in position. The 4SK4 is a small cartridge valve ideally suited for fitting directly into a cylinder, giving economy of installation, direct control of cylinder movement and ease of servicing. OPERATION Pressure on the valve port causes the poppet to lift against the spring force, allowing the flow to the cylinder port. Reverse flow is prevented by the poppet reseating. Pressure applied to the pilot port will overcome the cylinder port pressure and lift the poppet from its seat, allowing return flow. PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN PRESSURE-PSI FEATURES Hardened and ground poppet gives excellent flow capability, positive sealing and long working life. The larger seat diameter restricts the pilot ratio to :. Cartridge construction allows installation in actuators, manifold blocks and Hydraulic Integrated Circuits. Versions with sealed pilot pistons are available. Fits the same cavity as the SE4 overcentre valve. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure Pilot Ratio : Cartridge Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cavity into Cartridge Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 4 litres/min (7 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. Zinc plated body Unrestricted A94-T7A Nm (5lbs ft).44 kg (.96lbs) SK6 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst SK6V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) FLOW-LITRES/MIN Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: S-7-6.A

209 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: 4SK4.75 A/F (P) (V) M6x (C) CAVITY A94-T7A FORM DRILL: FORM REAMER: TD-7A TR-7A THREAD AND ALL DIAMETERS.5 A -A- M6x.-6H ALL SEAL LEADINS TO BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF NICKS AND SHARP EDGES. 45 Ø44.45 Ø Ø Ø MIN DEPTH LOCATING. SHOULDER MIN FULL THREAD 7.48 R Ø. Ø4.7. Ø5.4 Ø.8.75 Ø R.8 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE 4SK4 S Basic Code Pilot Ratio = : Optional Pilot Seal Omit if not required Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice S-7-64.A

210 CONTENTS Section 9 - PRESSURE COMPENSATED FLOW REGULATOR VALVES This section contains a selection of pressure compensated flow regulators, both line mounted and cartridge style. There are three main types: ) Restrictive style ) Bypass style ) Priority style Regulated flows up to 5 litres/min (9 US GPM) and pressures up to 5 bar (5 psi) SELECTION CIRCUIT SERIES APPLICATION RANGE PAGE INLET FPH Priority flow regulator with relief and electrical switch. FPH Priority flow regulator with pressure limit on regulated port and electrical switch. Priority style with relief to bypass and solenoid override. Ideal for excavator attachments such as hammers. Priority style flow regulator with pressure limit on regulated line allowing bypass pressure to rise above setting, with electrical override. 5 bar (5 psi) Reg:-95 l/min ( - 5 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Reg:-5 l/min ( -9 US GPM) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

211 TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLES FP FP FBAR FR SPEED CONTROL MOTOR CONTROL TWO-SPEED CIRCUIT STEERING MOTOR ADJUSTMENTS The adjustment range and Max setting figures shown throughout this catalogue give the design range for each valve, higher or lower values may be attainable but should not be used without first contacting our Engineering department. Setting must ALWAYS be carried out using an appropriate gauge and it must NOT be assumed that screwing an adjuster to its maximum or minimum position will yield the maximum or minimum stated design setting for that valve. 9 ø6.5 P - LEAKPROOF SCREW R - HANDKNOB 75. MAX.5 MAX 9 Available only on: FP95 FB95 FR95 FRC95 FBAR95 ø MAX Available only on: FP95 FB95 FR95 FRC95 FBAR95 LINEAR ADJUSTMENT THROUGH 8. VARIABLE TO GIVE TO 95 LITRES/MIN WITH THE ABILITY TO SET A MAXIMUM BETWEEN THESE FLOWS POSITIVE POSITIONS ROTATION L - LEVER D - DETENT Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

212 ATTACHMENT VALVES In order for users of mobile plant to operate auxiliary equipment from the hydraulic system of the carrier so avoiding the need for an auxiliary power source accurate control of the flow and pressure is vital. The requirements of various attachments will differ both by type and manufacturer and the carriers operating system will also vary. Inlet Needle Valve Radial Control Holes Compensating Spool Spring The following article charts the progress of several variants that solve the problem of differential pressure requirements whilst at the same time offering additional benefits. The standard Priority Flow Regulator (FP) is the basis for a range of valves designed to provide priority flow and a bypass flow which can be used at different pressures. The setting is controlled by a simple needle valve with a compensating spool restricting the flow to the port working at the higher pressure thus maintaining the controlled flow from the regulated port. Before describing the variations in design and application it is necessary to understand the workings and performance of the standard priority style flow regulator as the normal operation of the variants (FPH series) are the same. FP SERIES PRIORITY FLOW REGULATOR The flow from the pump enters the inlet port and passes across the needle valve, then on through the sleeve, past the compensating spool and out through the regulated port. The passage of oil across the needle valve creates a pressure difference which is sensed across the compensating spool. When the flow is sufficient to create a 7 bar pressure difference across the needle valve the compensating spool will begin to move uncovering the radial holes in the sleeve and opening up a path to the bypass port. Oil will therefore begin to pass to the bypass line. If the flow tries to increase across the needle valve, and so to the regulated port, there will be an increase in pressure difference sensed by the compensating spool causing it to move further against the spring, open further the line to the bypass port and limiting the flow to the regulated line. If the inlet flow falls below the setting of the valve the pressure difference across the needle valve will drop below the 7 bar needed to keep the bypass line open therefore the priority line is always satisfied before the bypass line opens. Changes in operating pressure on either of the two outlets will alter the inlet pressure to the higher of the two pressures (plus the control pressure which is 7 bar). If the working pressure in the regulated line is higher than that in the bypass line then the tendency would be for the flow to try to take the easy way out and flow down the bypass line. This would detract from the flow passing across the needle valve lowering the pressure difference causing the compensating spool to shift, increasing the restriction to the flow to the by-pass and reducing the restriction of the flow to the regulated line. In this way the compensating spool will maintain the regulated or priority flow at a constant level. If the working pressure in the bypass line is higher than that in the regulated line then there would be a tendency for the flow to increase through the regulated line, increasing the flow would increase the pressure difference across the needle valve and cause the compensating spool to metre the regulated line. During the normal operation of any system utilising this type of valve both the regulated and the bypass pressures will be constantly altering causing the compensating spool to metre. The valve will maintain the priority flow within +/- % of its setting throughout its range. The largest movement in flow will occur when pressure differential is transitional, the higher pressure varying between the bypass and regulated ports, this causes the compensating spool to move from metering one ring of holes in the sleeve to the other. (See graph) Regulated Flow - L/min Sleeve Bypass Regulated Flow Bypass Flow Regulated Bypass higher than Regulated pressure Spring Chamber Regulated higher than Bypass pressure Load Pressure - bar FP55 FP5 FPH55, 95 & 95 The FPH series of flow regulators are based around the standard priority flow controls but with the addition of a pressure control and a solenoid vent both causing all of the

213 flow to pass to the bypass port. This type of flow regulator lends it's self to attachment circuits where a piece of ancillary equipment needs a controlled flow with a pressure limitation which is lower than the maximum working pressure of the carrier. Inlet Bypass Regulated Fig. Priority type pressure compensated flow regulator with pressure control and overide- FPH55/95/95 A INLET They were originally developed for Hammer circuits where the hydraulic hammer requires a constant flow for efficient operation. There was also a pressure limit for safe operation which was well below the normal working pressure of Excavators. It was also necessary to maintain the other functions on the carrier to enable movement of the arm and the pecking action needed to fire the hammer into life. This was achieved by control of the spring chamber pressure in the standard priority flow regulators. The dampening orifice in the spool on these valves enabled the use of pilot valves which were mounted directly into the spring housing giving a very neat, compact solution. In normal operation these valves behave just as the FP range but if the pressure in the bypass circuit exceeds the setting of the relief valve ("A" in Fig ) the compensator spool reacts by cutting ALL flow to the Regulated port, only when the pressure in the by-pass port drops below the setting of the relief will normal flow be resumed. When using this type of valve with a hammer it is an advantage to have the hammer turn off if the operator decides to put too much pressure on down stroke in an attempt to increase the speed of operation. In this way potential damage to the hammer is avoided. Energizing the Solenoid valve ("B" in Fig ) has the same effect, venting one side of the compensator spool and causing it to block flow to the regulated port. The range included three sizes which corresponded to the three larger sizes of priority flow regulator with rated regulated flows of 55, 95 and 95 L/min. At the time this covered the majority of the applications. BP B Drain D REG FPH5/5 It was not long before the operators of Excavators realised that a power take off provided by this sort of valve enabled the use of more varied attachments without the extra power source and the associated pipe work. The disadvantage with the original valves was that the pressure sense for limiting the regulated pressure was referenced to the inlet. This meant that if the inlet pressure rose higher than the setting of the attachment then the valve would switch all of the flow to the bypass starving the attachment of oil. The valve therefore became limited to hammers and other high pressure attachments. The other alternative was to set the pressure control valve in the flow regulator high and fit an external relief valve on the regulated line. Developments in Excavator control systems and also in the attachments demanded that a new design of valve was necessary. The two new additions to the range have been designed to accommodate the attachments which may require the bypass pressure to work higher than the regulated pressure while maintaining the function of the attachment. The pressure limit to the regulated line is achieved by using a pilot unloading valve ("A" in Fig ) which senses pressure from the regulated line only. This allows the bypass pressure to rise above the regulated setting without affecting the operation of the attachment. Again in normal operation these valves behave just as the FP range but if the pressure in the regulated line rises above the setting of the unloading valve it will vent the spring chamber causing the compensator spool to shift cutting the flow to the regulated port. The resultant lack of flow will cause the pressure to drop, the unloading valve to close and the compensator to open the regulated port again. In practice this all happens smoothly and balance is maintained. By operating the pilot solenoid valve ("B" in Fig ) and venting the spring chamber to tank, all of the flow will pass to the bypass port. While the valves will work perfectly adequately with hammers it will also work with generators, compactors, crushers and flail mowers. With this design it was also felt that increases in regulated flow were desirable hence the 5 and 5 L/min regulated flow rating. Fig. Priority type pressure compensated flow regulator with pressure control on the regulated port and overide - FPH5/5 Inlet INLET BP D B A LS REG Bypass Regulated Load Sense Drain

214 FPH SERIES PRESSURE COMPENSATED FLOW REGULATOR/DIVERTER - PRIORITY STYLE FPH SERIES SOLENOID SWITCH INLET () INLET 4 BYPASS () REG () 9 APPLICATION The FPH series of priority flow regulator valves gives full control of regulated flow (see the FP series) plus remote selection of priority flow and adjustable pressure limitation of the regulated line. OPERATION Inlet flow passes through the adjustable orifice and the radial holes in the spool/sleeve assembly then out of the regulated port. The pressure drop across the orifice is sensed at each end of the spool, producing a force which, at the required flow rate, overcomes the spring force. The resultant movement of the spool regulates the flow by opening the radial valve ports to the bypass port and closing the regulated flow ports. The solenoid valve vents the spring chamber to a drain line and in its NORMAL (de-energised) mode all inlet flow is diverted to the bypass port. The pre-set regulated flow is selected by energising the solenoid. The adjustable relief valve vents the spring chamber at the pre-set pressure and diverts the flow to the bypass port. It may be necessary to fit a bar check valve in the bypass or regulated line to ensure the valve switches fully. FEATURES Line body construction with three ports allows direct connection into hydraulic systems. Leakproof adjust screw gives easy, accurate adjustment to required flow setting. Remote functional selection with solenoid operation. Adjustable relief valve gives system protection. Hardened and ground working parts give accurate flow control and long working life. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Nominal Viscosity Range INLET: FPH55 95 litres/min ( 5 US GPM) FPH95 5 litres/min ( 4 US GPM) FPH95 8 litres/min ( US GPM) REGULATED: FPH55 55 litres/min (4 US GPM) FPH95 95 litres/min (5 US GPM) FPH95 6 litres/min (4 US GPM) FPH55 FPH95/FPH95 All working parts hardened and ground steel Line mounted FPH55. kg ( 6.6 lbs) FPH95.5 kg ( 7.7 lbs) FPH95.6 kg (7. lbs) FPH55 FPH95 FPH95 - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst 8 bar (4 psi) 5 bar (5 psi) FPH55 Aluminium (up to bar*) FPH95/FPH95 Steel BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) SK67 (Nitrile) SK67V (Viton) SK547 (Nitrile) SK547V (Viton) SK58 (Nitrile) SK58V (Viton) *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

215 PERFORMANCE REGULATED FLOW-LITRES/MIN LOAD PRESSURE-PSI BYPASS HIGHER THAN REGULATED PRESSURE REGULATED HIGHER THAN BYPASS PRESSURE FPH REGULATED FLOW-US GPM REGULATED FLOW-LITRES/MIN LOAD PRESSURE-PSI BYPASS HIGHER THAN REGULATED HIGHER THAN REGULATED PRESSURE BYPASS PRESSURE FPH95 FPH REGULATED FLOW-US GPM LOAD PRESSURE-BAR LOAD PRESSURE-BAR 5 COMPLETE VALVE DR-P-4S P M N D 4 TANK DRAIN LINE - DO NOT BLOCK /4" BSP (/4" SAE) C K L G 9 B H O E F A Basic Code FPH55 FPH95 FPH95 Port Size / /4 A B C D E F G H 9.5 K L 8.5 M N O Ø8.5 Ø.5 Ø.5 P SX S7 S7 Std R/V Setting 8 bar bar 8 bar Where measurements are critical request certified drawings Basic Code FPH = Complete Valve Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment R = Handknob Adjustment (See page 9- for dimensions) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE 6W = /4 BSP T = /4 SAE 8W = BSP 6T = SAE Adjustable Flow Range 55 = - 55 litres/min - FPH55 95 = - 95 litres/min - FPH95 95 = -95 litres/min - FPH95 FPH** ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE P 6W We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 9-8.G 95 S H 4 Voltage = VDC 4 = 4VDC Other options available on request Coil Termination H = ISO44 (plug included) F = Flying Leads DC only DM = Deutsch Moulded Other terminations available on request Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications)

216 FPH SERIES PRESSURE COMPENSATED FLOW REGULATOR/DIVERTER - PRIORITY STYLE FPH SERIES SOLENOID SWITCH LS INLET () REG () 9 APPLICATION BP The FPH series of priority flow regulator valves gives full control of regulated flow (see the FP series) plus remote selection of priority flow and adjustable pressure limitation of the regulated line. OPERATION Inlet flow passes through the adjustable orifice and the radial holes in the spool/sleeve assembly then out of the regulated port. The pressure drop across the orifice is sensed at each end of the spool, producing a force which, at the required flow rate, overcomes the spring force. The resultant movement of the spool regulates the flow by opening more radial holes to the bypass port. The solenoid valve vents the spring chamber to a drain line and in its de-energised mode all inlet flow is diverted to the bypass port. The pre-set regulated flow is selected by energising the solenoid. The adjustable pilot valve vents the spring chamber when the regulated line reaches the preset pressure, diverting the flow to the bypass port where the pressure can continue to rise if necessary. It may be necessary to fit a bar check valve in the bypass or regulated line to ensure the valve switches fully. D SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight Seal Kit Number INLET: FPH5 FPH5 5 litres/min ( 9 US GPM) 45 litres/min ( US GPM) REGULATED: FPH5 litres/min (5 US GPM) FPH5 5 litres/min (9 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) All working parts hardened and ground steel Steel, zinc plated and passivated Line mounted FPH5 FPH5 FPH5 FPH5 7 kg (7.4 lbs) 8 kg (6. lbs) SK89 (Nitrile) SK89V (Viton) SK8 (Nitrile) SK8V (Viton) FEATURES Line body construction with three ports allows direct connection into hydraulic systems. Leakproof adjust screw gives easy, accurate adjustment to required flow setting. Remote functional selection with solenoid operation. Adjustable relief valve gives system protection whilst allowing bypass pressure to rise above setting if required. Hardened and ground working parts give accurate flow control and long working life. Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Nominal Viscosity Range BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) 5 to 5 cst - C to +9 C Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

217 LOAD PRESSURE-PSI BYPASS HIGHER THAN REGULATED HIGHER THAN REGULATED PRESSURE BYPASS PRESSURE 4 4 PERFORMANCE 78 LOAD PRESSURE-PSI BYPASS HIGHER THAN REGULATED HIGHER THAN REGULATED PRESSURE BYPASS PRESSURE REGULATED FLOW-LITRES/MIN FPH LOAD PRESSURE-BAR REGULATED FLOW-US GPM REGULATED FLOW-LITRES/MIN FPH LOAD PRESSURE-BAR REGULATED FLOW-US GPM COMPLETE VALVE F S N P F C INLET G M B R Ø'Q' J H K L TANK DRAIN LINE DO NOT BLOCK 9 BYPASS REG LS D A D E LOAD SENSING PORT /4" BSP (/4" SAE) Basic Code FPH5 FPH5 Port Size / A B C D E 7 7 F G 4 H J 5 64 K 5 5 L 6 6 M 5 N 95 P 6 9 Q.5 8. R - 9 S - 5 Std R/V Setting 8 bar bar Where measurements are critical request certified drawings Basic Code FPH = Complete Valve Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment R = Handknob Adjustment (See page 9- for dimensions) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 8W = BSP 6T = SAE W = / BSP 4T = / SAE Adjustable Flow Range 5 = -5 litres/min - FPH5 5 = -5 litres/min - FPH5 FPH*** ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE P 8W We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 9-9.F 5 S H 4 Voltage = VDC 4 = 4VDC Other options available on request Coil Termination H = ISO44 (plug included) F = Flying Leads DC only DM = Deutsch Moulded Other terminations available on request Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications)

218 CONTENTS DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES A range of cartridge solenoid valves with flows up to litres/min (6 US GPM) and pressures up to 5 bar (5 psi), including a variety of poppet and spool solutions. SELECTION CIRCUIT SERIES APPLICATION RANGE PAGE S9 -way, -position poppet bar ( psi); litres/min ( US GPM) -7 S57 4-way, -position spool bar ( psi); 5 litres/min (9 US GPM) -4 S57 4-way, -position spool bar ( psi); 4 litres/min (8.7 US GPM) -6 S57 4-way, -position spool bar ( psi); 4 litres/min (8.7 US GPM) -8 S574 4-way, -position spool bar ( psi); 4 litres/min (8.7 US GPM) -4 S577R 4-way, -position spool bar ( psi); 7 litres/min (7 US GPM) -4 PDRA Proportional Pressure relief 5 bar (5 psi).5 litres/min (. US GPM) /-5 PFR4A Proportional Flow Control bar ( psi); 8 litres/min (4.7 US GPM) /9- Note. When using these valves in conjunction with a PLC and there is a possibility of a residual voltage please contact the factory with application information to ensure safe operation of the product. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

219 TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLES S6 RELIEF VENTED S SYSTEM SELECTION S57 MULTIPLE ACTUATOR SELECTION Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

220 COIL INFORMATION C and C6 Series WATTAGE C (for mm tubes) = 4, & 7 Watts C6 (for 6 mm tubes) = 9 & 9 Watts VOLTAGES Standard VDC VRAC 4 VDC VRAC Special/Optional Other Voltages are available on request ALTERNATING CURRENT For AC voltage an ISO44 rectified connector must be used, as the coils are wound for DC. The correct connector is available from the factory: VAC = AXP VAC = AXP9997- VDR is fitted for over-voltage protection. Diodes are rated at.5 amp. AC + DC COIL - Electrical Connection Bobbin Encapsulation Copper Winding Iron Frame/Yoke Location of O ring seal between coil and tube. AC Voltage Connector Circuit Diagram DUTY RATING The coil is rated for continuous operation at nominal voltage +/- % and a ambient range of - to +4. Note. Coil performance, force produced and power comsumed, is effected by the heat of the coil, performance figures given in this catalogue are measured under simulated continuous duty conditions at the coil stabilised temperature. It is important to verify the actual conditions the valve will experience for any given application it should be tested in situ to confirm valve selection. WIRE INSULATION The coil winding is copper magnet wire insulation equivalent to class N ( C). ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL C, 4 Watt coils and C6, 9 Watt coils are black in colour and made from PBT (Black Polybutylene Reinforced) equivalent to Class F (55 C) C, & 7 Watt coils and C6, 9 Watt coils are black in colour and made from IXEF (Black Polyarylamide Reninforced) equivalent to Class H (8 C) INGRESS PROTECTION (IP) BS EN 659 The coil/tube joint is sealed by O rings preventing fluid ingress and the possibility of tube corrosion. Different electrical connectors offer different levels of protection the minimum being the DIN 465 connector with a gasket at IP65. Integrated Hydraulics offer a wide range of connector types - details of which are available on request. CONNECTORS H = ISO44 Standard DIN465 pin and earth F = Black Flying Leads.5mm wire 6 mm long, 5 AWG,. mm diameter, Teflon FEP covered (DC voltage only) DM = Deutsch Moulded way DT4-P series. (DC voltage only). Caution When handling coils after or during use they maybe hot which can cause burning to the skin. Handle with care and use the appropriate equipment. We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

221 C Coils C6 Coils , ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE C6 H 4 9 Coil Series = mm tube 6 = 6 mm tube Connection H = DIN465 ISO Standard F = Flying Leads ( and 4 VDC only) DM = Deutsch Moulded ( and 4 VDC only) (Consult factory for other options) Wattage C C6 4 = 4 Watt 9 = 9 Watt = Watt 9 = 9 Watt 7 = 7 Watt Voltage = VDC = VRAC 4 = 4 VDC = VRAC* * to 4 VAC All AC coils must be used with a rectifying connector:- (AXP or AXP9997-) (Other voltages available on request) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice -.C

222 MANUAL OVERRIDES S Series - consult factory for availability PUSH AND TWIST MANUAL OVERRIDE TYPE ø.. Nut type dependent on valve 4.5 NORMAL POSITION MANUALLY OPERATED POSITION SCREW, NORMALLY OPEN MANUAL OVERRIDE TYPE SCREW, NORMALLY CLOSED MANUAL OVERRIDE TYPE ø 8.. ø. Nut type dependent on valve Nut type dependent on valve 8.7 MANUALLY OPERATED POSITION NORMAL POSITION NORMAL POSITION MANUALLY OPERATED POSITION PUSH MANUAL OVERRIDE TYPE PUSH/PULL MANUAL OVERRIDE TYPE 4 Ø. KNOB FLUSH Push to manually Override 4.5. A/F HEX 45.5 Nut type dependent on valve.5. A/F HEX Ø. NUT PUSH TO MANUALLY OVERRIDE NORMAL PULLED OUT Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

223 S5 Series - consult factory for availability PUSH AND TWIST MANUAL OVERRIDE TYPE SCREW MANUAL OVERRIDE TYPE ø 4.5 ø 4.5. Nut type dependent on valve 6.5. Nut type dependent on valve 6.5 NORMAL POSITION MANUALLY OPERATED POSITION MANUALLY OPERATED POSITION NORMAL POSITION PUSH MANUAL OVERRIDE TYPE PUSH/PULL MANUAL OVERRIDE TYPE 4 Ø. KNOB FLUSH Push to manually Override 4.5. A/F HEX 46.5 Nut type dependent on valve.5. A/F HEX Ø 4. NUT PUSH TO MANUALLY OVERRIDE NORMAL PULLED OUT S6Series - consult factory for availability PUSH MANUAL OVERRIDE TYPE FLUSH Push to manually Override Nut type dependent on valve.5 PUSH TO MANUALLY OVERRIDE We reserve the right to change specifications without notice -.A

224 S9 Directional Control Valve - -Way, -Position Poppet Up to litres/min ( US GPM) Up to bar ( PSI) S9 FEATURES High flow capacity with reduced space requirements. No dynamic seals. Standard valve bodies and common cavities. One-piece encapsulated coil with minimal amperage draw. Oil immersed armature solenoid. Various coil terminals and voltages. Coil interchangeability with all Series S5 valves. Manual override, seal variations and other options available. Sealed coil arrangement to protect stem from corrosion. COIL INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS (See Page -) Part Number: Voltage available: C6-*-*/9, 4 VDC, VAC* * AC coils must be used with a rectifying connector. Basic Model Code Symbol Actuator Port Location Port Max. Working Pressure Flow Rating Nominal Flow (at Delta P = 5 bar (7 psi)) Internal Leakage S9 ACT T P bar ( psi) See performance graphs litres/min (.6 US GPM) Less than.6 ml/min ( dpm) bar differential at centistokes PRESSURE DROP v s FLOW Viscosity = cst (5 SSU) Temperature Range Nominal Viscosity Range Recommended Filtration - to + C (-4 to +48 F) 5 to 5 centistokes BS554/4 8/ (5 micron or better) PRESSURE (BAR) 5 4 FLOW US (GPM) FLOW (LITRES/MIN) PRESSURE (PSI) Fluid Seal Material Mounting Position Cartridge Weight Coil Weight Cavity Number Torque into Cavity Electrical Data Line Body Material Compatible with most general purpose hydraulic fluids Standard nitrile with PTFE back up rings Seal Kit Number SK9 (Nitrile) SK9V (Viton) Unrestricted. kg (. lbs). kg (.6 lbs) A5 (See section 7) Nm ( lbs ft) See coil data sheet Aluminium Alloy Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

225 PERFORMANCE 5 FLOW (US GPM) WORKING PRESSURE (BAR) WORKING PRESSURE (PSI) 5 5 FLOW (LITRES/MIN) 5 CARTRIDGE ONLY COMPLETE VALVE /4 /8 PORTS BASIC CODE: S BASIC CODE: S9 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium /4 B774 /8 B6684 /8 B A/F /4"-6-UNF-A ø HOLES ø7. THRO'.7 ø Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE S9 N H 4 W Basic Code S9 Seals N = Nitrile V = Viton Manual Override (consult factory for availability) = Screw = Push We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Port Sizes W = /4 BSP W = /8 BSP 6T = /8 SAE Voltage = VDC = VAC 4 = 4 VDC = VAC Coil Termination H = DIN465 F = Flying Leads DM = Deutsch Moulded Other terminations available on request -7.B

226 S57 Directional Control Valve - 4-Way, -Position Spool Up to 5 litres/min (9 US GPM) Up to bar ( PSI) S57 FEATURES High flow capacity with reduced space requirements. No dynamic seals. COIL A COIL B Standard valve bodies and common cavities. 4 One-piece encapsulated coil with minimal amperage draw. Oil immersed armature solenoid. Various coil terminals and voltages. Coil interchangeability with all Series S5 valves. Manual override, seal variations and other options available. Sealed coil arrangement to protect stem from corrosion. COIL INFORMATION (See Page -) Part Number: C6-*-*/9 (two per valve) SPECIFICATIONS Voltage available:, 4 VDC, VAC* * AC coils must be used with a rectifying connector. Basic Model Code Symbol S57 B A () B (4) P () T () A Max. Working Pressure bar ( psi) Flow Rating See performance graphs PRESSURE DROP v s FLOW Viscosity = cst (5 SSU) Nominal flow (at Delta P = 5 bar (7 psi)) Internal Leakage litres/min (5.8 US GPM) Less than ml/min bar differential at centistokes 5 FLOW (US GPM) Temperature Range Nominal Viscosity Range Recommended Filtration - to + C (-4 to +48 F) 5 to 5 centistokes BS554/4 8/ (5 micron or better) 8 Fluid Compatible with most general purpose hydraulic fluids PRESSURE (BAR) FLOW (LITRES/MIN) - & -4 - & PRESSURE (PSI) Seal Material Viton with PTFE back up rings Seal Kit Number SK4 (Nitrile) SK4V (Viton) Mounting Position Cartridge Weight Unrestricted.5 kg (.55 lbs) Coil Weight Cavity Number. kg (.6 lbs) - two per valve A744 (See Section 7) Torque into Cavity Nm ( lbs ft) Electrical Data See coil data sheet Line Body Material Aluminium Alloy Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

227 PERFORMANCE PERFORMANCE FLOWING BACK THROUGH THE VALVE FLOW (US GPM) FLOWING IN ONE DIRECTION ONLY FLOW (US GPM) WORKING PRESSURE (BAR) & WORKING PRESSURE (PSI) WORKING PRESSURE (BAR) WORKING PRESSURE (PSI) FLOW (LITRES/MIN) FLOW (LITRES/MIN) 4 CARTRIDGE ONLY COMPLETE VALVE /8 / PORTS BASIC CODE: S BASIC CODE: S57 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium /8 B94 / B98 / B A/F 7/8"-4-UNF-A ø5.8 ø7.4 ø9.. 4 HOLES ø7. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE S57 N H 4 W Basic Code S57 Seals N = Nitrile V = Viton Manual Override (consult factory for availability) 4 = Push/Pull We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Port Sizes W = /8 BSP 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE Voltage = VDC = VAC 4 = 4 VDC = VAC Coil Termination H = DIN465 F = Flying Leads DM = Deutsch Moulded Other terminations available on request -4.B

228 S57 Directional Control Valve - 4-Way, -Position Spool Up to 4 litres/min (8.7 US GPM) Up to bar ( PSI) S57 FEATURES High flow capacity with reduced space requirements. COIL A COIL B No dynamic seals. Standard valve bodies and common cavities. 4 One-piece encapsulated coil with minimal amperage draw. Oil immersed armature solenoid. Various coil terminals and voltages. Coil interchangeability with all Series S5 valves. Manual override, seal variations and other options available. Sealed coil arrangement to protect stem from corrosion. COIL INFORMATION (See Page -) Part Number: C6-*-*/9 (two per valve) SPECIFICATIONS Voltage available:, 4 VDC, VAC* * AC coils must be used with a rectifying connector. Basic Model Code Symbol S57 B A () P () B (4) T () A Max. Working Pressure bar ( psi) Flow Rating See performance graphs PRESSURE DROP v s FLOW Viscosity = cst (5 SSU) Nominal Flow (at Delta P = 5 bar (7 psi)) Internal Leakage 8 litres/min (4.7 US GPM) Less than ml/min past each land bar differential at centistokes PRESSURE (BAR) FLOW (US GPM) & -4 - & FLOW (LITRES/MIN) -, - & PRESSURE (PSI) Temperature Range Nominal Viscosity Range Recommended Filtration Fluid Seal Material - to + C (-4 to +48 F) 5 to 5 centistokes BS554/4 8/ (5 micron or better) Compatible with most general purpose hydraulic fluids Standard nitrile with PTFE back up rings Seal Kit Number SK4 (Nitrile) SK4V (Viton) Mounting Position Cartridge Weight Unrestricted.5 kg (.5 lbs) Coil Weight Cavity Number. kg (.6 lbs) - two per valve A744 (See Section 7) Torque into Cavity Nm ( lbs ft) Electrical Data See coil data sheet Line Body Material Aluminium Alloy Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

229 PERFORMANCE PERFORMANCE FLOWING BACK THROUGH THE VALVE FLOW (US GPM) FLOWING IN ONE DIRECTION ONLY FLOW (US GPM) WORKING PRESSURE (BAR) & WORKING PRESSURE (PSI) WORKING PRESSURE (BAR) WORKING PRESSURE (PSI) FLOW (LITRES/MIN) FLOW (LITRES/MIN) NOTE: Higher flows available on request CARTRIDGE ONLY COMPLETE VALVE /8 / PORTS BASIC CODE: S BASIC CODE: S57 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium /8 B94 / B98 / B A/F 7/8"-4-UNF-A ø5.8 ø7.4 ø HOLES ø7. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE S57 N H 4 W Basic Code S57 Seals N = Nitrile V = Viton Manual Override (consult factory for availability) 4 = Push/Pull We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Port Sizes W = /8 BSP 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE Voltage = VDC = VAC 4 = 4 VDC = VAC Coil Termination H = DIN465 F = Flying Leads DM = Deutsch Moulded Other terminations available on request -6.B

230 S574 Directional Control Valve - 4-Way, -Position Spool Up to 4 litres/min (8.7 US GPM) Up to bar ( PSI) S574 COIL A 4 COIL INFORMATION (See Page -) COIL B FEATURES High flow capacity with reduced space requirements. No dynamic seals. Standard valve bodies and common cavities. One-piece encapsulated coil with minimal amperage draw. Oil immersed armature solenoid. Various coil terminals and voltages. Coil interchangeability with all Series S5 valves. Manual override, seal variations and other options available. Sealed coil arrangement to protect stem from corrosion. Part Number: Voltage available: PRESSURE DROP v s FLOW Viscosity = cst (5 SSU) PRESSURE (BAR) C6-*-*/9 (two per valve), 4 VDC, VAC* * AC coils must be used with a rectifying connector. SPOOL SHIFTED FLOW (US GPM) & -4 - & PRESSURE (PSI) SPECIFICATIONS Basic Model Code Symbol Max. Working Pressure Flow Rating Nominal flow (at Delta P = 5 bar (7 psi)) Internal Leakage Temperature Range Nominal Viscosity Range Recommended Filtration S574 B A () B (4) P () T () bar ( psi) 4 litres/min (8.7 US GPM) litres/min (5 US GPM) Less than ml/min past each land bar differential at centistokes - to + C (-4 to +48 F) 5 to 5 centistokes BS554/4 8/ (5 micron or better) A PRESSURE (BAR) FLOW (LITRES/MIN) SPOOL CENTRED FLOW (US GPM) FLOW (LITRES/MIN) - & -4 - & PRESSURE (PSI) Fluid Seal Material Mounting Position Cartridge Weight Coil Weight Cavity Number Torque into Cavity Electrical Data Line Body Material Compatible with most general purpose hydraulic fluids Standard nitrile with PTFE back up rings Seal Kit Number SK4 (Nitrile) SK4V (Viton) Unrestricted.5 kg (.5 lbs). kg (.6 lbs) - two per valve A744 (See Section 7) Nm ( lbs ft) See coil data sheet Aluminium Alloy Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

231 PERFORMANCE FLOW (US GPM) WORKING PRESSURE (BAR) WORKING PRESSURE (PSI) FLOW (LITRES/MIN) 4 CARTRIDGE ONLY COMPLETE VALVE /8 / PORTS BASIC CODE: S574 BASIC CODE: S574 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /8 B94 / B98 SAE, aluminium / B A/F 7/8"-4-UNF-A ø5.8 ø7.4 ø9.. 4 HOLES ø7. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE S574 N H 4 W Basic Code S574 Seals N = Nitrile V = Viton Manual Override (consult factory for availability) 4 = Push/Pull We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Port Sizes W = /8 BSP 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE Voltage = VDC = VAC 4 = 4 VDC = VAC Coil Termination H = DIN465 F = Flying Leads DM = Deutsch Moulded Other terminations available on request -4.B

232 S577R Directional Control Valve - 4-Way, -Position Spool litres/min (7 US GPM) Up to bar ( PSI) S577R 4 COIL INFORMATION (See Page -) COIL A COIL B FEATURES High flow capacity with reduced space requirements. No dynamic seals. Standard valve bodies and common cavities. One-piece encapsulated coil with minimal amperage draw. Oil immersed armature solenoid. Various coil terminals and voltages. Coil interchangeability with all Series S5 valves. Manual override, seal variations and other options available. Sealed coil arrangement to protect stem from corrosion. Part Number: Voltage available: PRESSURE DROP v s FLOW Viscosity = cst (5 SSU) PRESSURE (BAR) PRESSURE (BAR) C6-*-*/9 (two per valve), 4 VDC, VAC* * AC coils must be used with a rectifying connector. SPOOL SHIFTED SPOOL CENTRED FLOW (US GPM) or -4 - or FLOW (LITRES/MIN) FLOW (US GPM) FLOW (LITRES/MIN) PRESSURE (PSI) PRESSURE (PSI) SPECIFICATIONS Basic Model Code Symbol Max. Working Pressure Flow Rating Nominal flow (at Delta P = 5 bar (7 psi)) Internal Leakage Temperature Range Nominal Viscosity Range Recommended Filtration Fluid Seal Material Mounting Position Cartridge Weight Coil Weight Cavity Number Torque into Cavity Electrical Data Line Body Material S577R B (A) (B) 4 (P) (T) bar ( psi) litres/min (7 US GPM) litres/min (5 US GPM) Less than ml/min bar differential at centistokes - to + C (-4 to +48 F) 5 to 5 centistokes BS554/4 8/ (5 micron or better) Compatible with most general purpose hydraulic fluids Standard nitrile with PTFE back up rings Seal Kit Number SK4 (Nitrile) SK4V (Viton) Unrestricted.5 kg (.5 lbs). kg (.6 lbs) - two per valve A744 (See page -44) Nm ( lbs ft) See coil data sheet Aluminium Alloy A Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

233 PERFORMANCE FLOW (US GPM) WORKING PRESSURE (BAR) 4 7 WORKING PRESSURE (PSI) FLOW (LITRES/MIN) CARTRIDGE ONLY COMPLETE VALVE /8 / PORTS BASIC CODE: S577R BASIC CODE: S577R Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium /8 B94 / B98 / B A/F 7/8"-4-UNF-A ø5.8 ø7.4 ø9.. 4 HOLES ø7. THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE S577R N H 4 W Basic Code S577R Seals N = Nitrile V = Viton Manual Override (consult factory for availability) 4 = Push/Pull We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Port Sizes W = /8 BSP 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE Voltage = VDC = VAC 4 = 4 VDC = VAC Coil Termination H = DIN465 F = Flying Leads DM = Deutsch Moulded Other terminations available on request -4.B

234 PDRA Pressure Relief Valve.5 litres/min (. US GPM) 5 bar (5 PSI) PROPORTIONAL CONTROLS PDRA DESCRIPTION COIL INFORMATION (See Page -) Part Number: Voltage available: PRESSURE DROP PRESSURE (BAR) bar.5.5 This valve can be infintely adjusted within a prescribed range by a varying electrical control signal. Pressure output is directly proportional to changes in DC current input. C6-*-*/9, 4 VDC FLOW US GPM -5 bar.75 FLOW LITRES/MIN. 5-7 bar PRESSURE (PSI) FEATURES High flow capacity with reduced space requirements. No dynamic seals. Standard valve bodies and common cavities. One-piece encapsulated coil with minimal amperage draw. Oil immersed armature solenoid. Various coil terminals and voltages. Coil interchangeability with all Series S5 valves. Manual override, seal variations and other options available. Sealed coil arrangement to protect stem from corrosion. SPECIFICATIONS Basic Model Code Symbol Max. Inlet Pressure Pressure Ranges up to 75% of Max Current Max Press Port Max. Flow Typ. Hydraulic Hysterisis Response times Dead Band Internal Leakage Temp Range (oil) Nominal Viscosity Range Recommended Filtration Fluid Mounting Position Cartridge Weight Coil Weight Cavity Number Torque into Cavity Electrical Data PDRA *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. 5 bar (5 psi) = 5-7 bar (7-55 psi) = 4 - bar ( - psi) 5 = - 5 bar ( - 5 psi) bar (45 psi).5 litres/min (. US GPM) <.5% without PWM = - 9 ms = - 95 ms 5 = - 58 ms % approx < 5 ml/min - to + C (-4 to +48 F) 5 to 5 centistokes BS554/4 8/ (5 micron or better) Compatible with most general purpose hydraulic fluids Seal Material Standard nitrile with PTFE back up rings Seal Kit Number SK9 (Nitrile) SK9V (Viton) Line Body Material For best results mount below reservoir oil level. If this is not feasible mount horizontaly..5 kg (.55 lbs). kg (.6 lbs) A879 (See Section 7) 4 Nm (9.5 lbs ft) See coil data sheet Standard Aluminium (up to bar) Add suffix 77 for steel option Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) /-5.B

235 . PERFORMANCE PRESSURE (BAR) CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: PDRA bar % OF RATED CURRENT 5-7 bar - bar 8 9 Relief Pressure vs Input Current (4 Vdc) 5. A/F MAN OVERRIDE. A/F MAN OVERRIDE LOCKNUT PRESSURE (PSI) PRESSURE (BAR) % 5-7 bar 4 - bar - 5 bar.5.5 FLOW US GPM 5% 5% COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: PDRA Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 A485 /8 A4 SAE, aluminium /4 A484 /8 A % 5% 5% 5% 5% FLOW LITRES/MIN..5.5 /4 /8 PORTS BSP, steel /4 A48 /8 A SAE, steel PRESSURE (PSI) /8 A484 PROPORTIONAL CONTROLS 4. A/F /4"-6 UNF T () ø.6 P () HOLES ø6.8 THRO' Basic Code PDRA = Normally Open Seals N = Nitrile V = Viton Pressure Range = 5 to bar = to 4 bar Manual Override (omit if not required) 6 = Screw Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE PDRA N 6 H 4 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice W Port Sizes W = /4 BSP 4T = /4 SAE W = /8 BSP 6T = /8 SAE Voltage = VDC 4 = 4 VDC Coil Termination H = DIN465 F = Flying Leads A = Junior Amp DM = Deutsch Moulded Other terminations available on request /-5.B

236 PFR 4A Flow Control Valve Port Restrictive Pressure Compensated 8 litres/min (4.7 US GPM) bar ( PSI) PROPORTIONAL CONTROLS PFR 4A COIL INFORMATION (See Page -) Part Number: C6-*-*/9 Voltage available:, 4 VDC PRESSURE DROP v s FLOW Viscosity = cst (5 SSU) PFR % PRESSURE (BAR) (IN) (OUT) FLOW US (GPM) FLOW (LITRES/MIN) PRESSURE (PSI) FEATURES High flow capacity with reduced space requirements. No dynamic seals. Standard valve bodies and common cavities. One-piece encapsulated coil with minimal amperage draw. Oil immersed armature solenoid. Various coil terminals and voltages. Coil interchangeability with all Series S5 valves. Manual override, seal variations and other options available. Sealed coil arrangement to protect stem from corrosion. SPECIFICATIONS Basic Model Code Symbol Max. Inlet Pressure *Max Regulated Flow at rated bar Hysterisis Frequency Dead Band Response Time Internal Leakage Temp Range (oil) Nominal Viscosity Range Recommended Filtration Fluid Seal Material Mounting Position Cartridge Weight Coil Weight Cavity Number Torque into Cavity Electrical Data PFR 4A (OUT) bar ( psi) 8 %, 85%, 8 75% 8% Maximum without PWM 4% Maximum with PWM Hz to 4 Hz - recommended 5-5% of rated current ms Up to ml/min bar differential at centistokes - to + C (-4 to +48 F) 5 to 5 centistokes BS554/4 6/ (5 micron or better) Compatible with most general purpose hydraulic fluids Standard nitrile with PTFE back up rings Seal Kit Number SK8 (Nitrile) SK8V (Viton) Unrestricted. kg (.44 lbs). kg (.6 lbs) A67 (See Section 7) Nm ( lbs ft) See coil data sheet Line Body Material Aluminium Alloy * Based on a saturated inlet with an increasing signal. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) /9-.B

237 7. PERFORMANCE FLOW (LITRES/MIN) % Rated Amps CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: PFR 4A A/F. A/F FLOW US (GPM) FLOW (LITRES/MIN) PRESSURE (PSI) % of rated amps 8 75% of rated amps 5% of rated amps PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL BAR COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: PFR 4A Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium /4 A59 /8 A745 /8 A /4 /8 PORTS FLOW US (GPM) PROPORTIONAL CONTROLS Ø A/F /4"-6-UNF-A HOLES Ø6.8 THRO' Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE PFR 4A N 6 H 4 W Basic Code PFR 4A Seals N = Nitrile V = Viton Manual Override 6 = Screw We reserve the right to change specifications without notice /9-.D Port Sizes W = /4 BSP W = /8 BSP 6T = /8 SAE Voltage = VDC 4 = 4 VDC Coil Termination H = DIN465 F = Flying Leads DM = Deutsch Moulded Other terminations available on request

238 PNX59- Flow Control Valve Port Restrictive, Poppet, Pressure Compensated. 8 litres/min (4.7 US GPM) bar ( PSI) PROPORTIONAL CONTROLS PNX59- COIL INFORMATION (See Page -4) Part Number: Voltage available: PRESSURE (BAR) C6-*-*/9, 4 VDC PRESSURE DROP v s FLOW Viscosity = cst (5 SSU) % FLOW US (GPM) FLOW (LITRES/MIN) DRAFT COPY PRESSURE (PSI) FEATURES High flow capacity with reduced space requirements. No dynamic seals. Standard valve bodies and common cavities. One-piece encapsulated coil with minimal amperage draw. Oil immersed armature solenoid. Various coil terminals and voltages. Coil interchangeability with all Series S5 valves. Manual override, seal variations and other options available. Sealed coil arrangement to protect stem from corrosion. SPECIFICATIONS Basic Model Code Symbol Max. Inlet Pressure *Max Regulated Flow at rated 5 bar Frequency Dead Band Response Time Internal Leakage Temp Range (oil) Nominal Viscosity Range Recommended Filtration Fluid Seal Material Mounting Position Cartridge Weight Coil Weight Torque into Cavity Electrical Data PNX59- (IN) (OUT) bar ( psi) %, 5 85%, 75% Hz to 4 Hz - recommended 8%-6% of rated current 8 ms Up to.67 ml/min (dpi) bar differential at centistokes - to + C (-4 to +48 F) 5 to 5 centistokes BS554/4 6/ (5 micron or better) Compatible with most general purpose hydraulic fluids Standard nitrile with PTFE back up rings Seal Kit Number SK8 (Nitrile) SK8V (Viton) Unrestricted. kg (.44 lbs). kg (.6 lbs) Cavity Number A67 (See Section 7) Nm ( lbs ft) See coil data sheet * Based on a saturated inlet with an increasing signal. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) DRAFT COPY.A

239 PERFORMANCE FLOW (LITRES/MIN) % Rated Amps CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: PNX bar 5 4 bar FLOW US (GPM) 48.. M/O PLATE FITTED BY CUSTOMER FLOW (LITRES/MIN) PRESSURE (PSI) % of rated amps 8% of rated amps 6% of rated amps PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL BAR FLOW US (GPM) PROPORTIONAL CONTROLS A/F 6.5 /4"-6-UNF-A Ø5.8 Basic Code PNX59- Seals Nitrile Viton also available Manual Override Push Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE PNX59- H 4 Voltage 4 = 4 VDC Coil Termination H = DIN465 F = Flying Leads A = Junior Amp DM = Deutsch Moulded Other terminations available on request We reserve the right to change specifications without notice DRAFT COPY.A

240 CONTENTS SECTION - UNLOADING VALVES This section contains a range of pump unloading valves both cartridge and bodied versions. Flows up to litres/min (5 US GPM) and pressures up to 5 bar (5 psi). The bodied valves contain check valves and an internal pilot. Ideal for accumulator systems. SELECTION SECTION SERIES APPLICATION RANGE PAGE UL6 This valve will unload a pump to tank when a pilot pressure reaches the setting. The valve also gives relief protection 5 bar (5 psi) 6 litres/min (6 US GPM) - PUL6 PUL This valve will unload a pump to another system when a pilot pressure is reached. The valve also gives relief protection 5 bar (5 psi) litres/min (5 US GPM) - - UL65 This valve contains a check and an internal pilot line ideal for accumulator circuits when the outlet flow is dumped to tank 5 bar (5 psi) 6 litres/min (6 US GPM) - PUL65 PUL5 This valve contains a check and an internal pilot line ideal for accumulator circuits unloading the pump when the outlet flow is diverted to a secondary circuit 5 bar (5 psi) litres/min (5 US GPM) - - UL55 Designed to be used in two pump, hi/lo circuits to unload the high flow pump at a low pressure and provide high pressure relief P = 5 5 bar (5 psi) P = 5 bar (5 psi) - Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

241 TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLES BRAKE VALVE PUL SYSTEM PUMP UNLOADING CIRCUIT UL55 TWO PUMP HI / LO UNLOADING CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS The adjustment range and Max setting figures shown throughout this catalogue give the design range for each valve, higher or lower values may be attainable but should not be used without first contacting our Engineering department. Setting must ALWAYS be carried out using an appropriate gauge and it must NOT be assumed that screwing an adjuster to its maximum or minimum position will yield the maximum or minimum stated design setting for that valve. ø7. 8. P - LEAKPROOF SCREW G - TAMPERPROOF CAP Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

242 UL6 / PUL6 UNLOADING VALVE PILOT OPERATED - SLIDING SPOOL TYPE UL6 UNLOADS TO TANK TANK () PILOT () INLET () PUL6 UNLOADS TO A SECONDARY SYSTEM SYSTEM () DRAIN () PILOT (4) 4 INLET () APPLICATION These unloader valves are used to unload a pump, or pumps, to tank when pressure in a separate part of the circuit reaches a pre-set level. The valves will close, causing the circuit to reload, when the pressure drops to approximately 85% of the unload pressure. The most common application is to maintain a pressure in an accumulator which may be used in an emergency to operate an essential hydraulic function. (Eg, a brake circuit). The PUL6 valve has a drain port to ensure correct valve function while allowing the bypassed oil to be used for a secondary circuit requirement. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Differential Unload/Reload Cartridge Material 6 litres/min (6 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) -5% All working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Body Material Standard Steel OPERATION Mounting Position Unrestricted Inlet pressure is seen on the nose of the valve and system pressure (downstream of the system check valve) operates on the system pilot port. When pressure rises to the valve setting, the relief section opens and the system pressure acts on the pilot piston to hold the valve in the open position. The ratio between the pilot piston diameter and the seat diameter to the relief valve pilot section ensures that the valve will be maintained in the fully open position until the system pressure drops to approximately 85% of the unload pressure. FEATURES Valves are available as cartridges for installation into special line bodies or into custom designed Hydraulic Integrated Circuits. (NOTE: Provision must be made for a system check valve and a pilot line to signal the system pressure). Valve assemblies can be supplied complete in a line body for use in accumulator circuits. Bodied valves include a check valve and the required connection from the system to the valve pilot port. Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range UL6 PUL6 75 Nm (55 lbs ft) UL6/PUL6.46 kg (. lbs) UL65/PUL65.8 kg (.76 lbs) UL6 PUL6 - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst A46 (See Section 7) A88 SK45 (Nitrile) SK45V (Viton) SK75 (Nitrile) SK75V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) 5 millilitres/min nominal Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

243 PERFORMANCE CURVE CARTRIDGE ONLY SYSTEM WORKING PRESSURE-BAR TYPICAL VALVE PERFORMANCE 4 TIME-SECONDS SYSTEM WORKING PRESSURE-PSI BASIC CODE: UL MAX INLET () HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F -/8- UNF-A PILOT () TANK () 7. A/F. A/F BASIC CODE: PUL MAX INLET () HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F -/8- UNF-A PILOT (4) DRAIN () 7. A/F. A/F SYSTEM () COMPLETE VALVE HOLES Ø9. THRO 8. / PORTS BASIC CODE: UL65 (WITH SYSTEM CHECK) Sub-assembly part numbers SAE, aluminium / BXP4-8T-S BSP, steel / BXP4-4W-S UL6-P-*-S COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: PUL65 Sub-assembly part numbers SAE, aluminium / BXP446-8T-S 4 SYS / PORTS (WITH SYSTEM CHECK) BSP, steel / BXP446-4W-S-77 TYPICAL CONNECTIONS PORT FUNCTION PRESSURE SYSTEM ACCUMULATOR 4 DRAIN PUL6-P-*-S APPROX CA8-.5S 76. See page Where measurements are critical request certified drawings HOLES Ø9. THRO APPROX CA8-.5S See page 7- ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code UL6 = Cartridge Only PUL6 = Cartridge Only UL65 = Cartridge and body PUL65 = Cartridge and body Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment G = Tamperproof Cap (See page - for dimensions) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE *UL** P 4W 5 S 77 Body Material 77 = Steel Omit for Aluminium (up to bar) Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure 4.8 l/min = 4- bar. Std setting 75 bar 5 = 5-5 bar. Std setting bar = 7- bar. Std setting bar We reserve the right to change specifications without notice -.H

244 PUL PUL PRIORITY UNLOADING VALVE PILOT OPERATED - SLIDING SPOOL TYPE OUTLET () PILOT (4) DRAIN () 4 INLET () APPLICATION These unloader valves are used to divert pump flow to a secondary circuit when pressure in the priority line reaches a pre-set level. The valves will close, causing the circuit to reload, when the pressure drops to approximately 85% of the unload pressure. The most common application is to maintain a pressure in an accumulator which may be used in an emergency to operate an essential hydraulic function (eg, a brake circuit). This valve has a drain port to ensure correct valve function while allowing the bypassed oil to be used for a secondary circuit requirement. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Differential Unload/Reload Cartridge Material litres/min (5 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) -5% All working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated OPERATION Inlet pressure is seen on the nose of the valve and system pressure (downstream of the system check valve) operates on the system pilot port. When pressure rises to the valve setting, the relief section opens and the system pressure acts on the pilot piston to hold the valve in the open position. The ratio between the pilot piston diameter and the seat diameter of the relief valve pilot section ensures that the valve will be maintained in the fully open position until the system pressure drops to approximately 85% of the unload pressure. FEATURES Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Standard steel Unrestricted A45 (See Section 7) Nm (7 lbs ft) PUL.74 kg (.6 lbs) PUL5 6.8 kg (4.96 lbs) PUL PUL5 SK67 (Nitrile) SK67V (Viton) SK45 (Nitrile) SK45V (Viton) Valves are available as cartridges for installation into line bodies or into custom designed Hydraulic Integrated Circuits. (NOTE: Provision must be made for a system check valve and a pilot line to signal the system pressure). Valve assemblies can be supplied complete in a line body for ready installation into a hydraulic system. Bodied valves include a check valve and the required connection from the system to the valve pilot port. Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 bar 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

245 PERFORMANCE CURVE TYPICAL VALVE PERFORMANCE CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: PUL SYSTEM WORKING PRESSURE-BAR TIME-SECONDS SYSTEM WORKING PRESSURE-PSI MAX INLET () PILOT (4) DRAIN () OUTLET () HEX SOCKET ADJUST 4. A/F 7. A/F 8. A/F -5/6- UNS COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: PUL5 Sub-assembly part numbers SAE, aluminium BXP466-6T-S PORTS (WITH SYSTEM CHECK) BSP, steel BXP466-8W-S-77 SAE, steel BXP466-6T-S G MAX G /4 / 4T. 9. G MAX. 6. MAX HOLES Ø. THRO'.6 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE PUL*** P 8W 5 S 77 Basic Code PUL = Cartridge Only PUL5 = Cartridge and Body Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment G = Tamperproof Cap (See page - for dimensions) Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 8W = BSP. /4 BSP Drain Port 6T = SAE. /4 SAE Drain Port Body Material 77 - Steel Omit for Aluminium (up to bar) Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Adjustable Pressure Range = - bar. Std setting bar 5 = 5-5 bar. Std setting bar We reserve the right to change specifications without notice -.E

246 UL55 TWO PUMP UNLOADING VALVE UL55 SYSTEM P T P APPLICATION Two-pump unloader valves are used in systems with combinations of two (or more) pumps to give high flow at low pressure and high pressure at low flow. The valves bypass the flow from the low pressure pump(s) to tank at a pre-set pressure. This allows pump selection to give, for example, rapid advance and high power compaction with the most economic usage of system components and energy requirements. OPERATION Pump inlet to P and P is combined to give maximum flow at low pressure. When the load pressure increases to the valve setting the high flow (low pressure) pump is bypassed from P to tank allowing nearly all system power to be used for the high pressure pump. (See graph for the pressure drop of the dumped flow). The system relief valve provides protection by limiting the maximum pressure in the system line. FEATURES This is a self contained system including two replaceable cartridges with full adjustment through their respective ranges. Hardened working components give long, trouble-free life and single body reduces plumbing to a minimum. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) low flow/high pressure (P) litres/min (5 US GPM) high flow/low pressure (P) 5 bar (5 psi) All working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated PRESSURE DROP Body Material Standard - steel FLOW-US GPM Mounting Position Unrestricted PRESSURE-BAR P - T 5 5 FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Nominal Viscosity Range.5 kg (6.9 lbs) SK67 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst SK67V (Viton) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

247 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: UL55 Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, steel /4 - / BXP45-6W-4W-S-77 LOW PRESSURE UNLOADING CARTRIDGE PUL-P--S-JL 58.. T P MAX HOLES Ø9. T P MAX SYSTEM P CHECK VALVE HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF CARTRIDGE LR-F-**-S Basic Code UL55 = Complete Valve Adjustment Means P = Leakproof Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6W - 4W = /4 BSP System, P and T. / BSP P Adjustable Low Pressure Range = - bar. Std setting bar 5 = 5-5 bar. Std setting bar Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE UL55 P 6W- 4W 5 S Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Adjustable High Pressure Range 7 = 5-75 bar. Std setting 5 bar 8 = bar. Std setting 75 bar 5 = 4-5 bar. Std setting 8 bar We reserve the right to change specifications without notice -.E

248 CONTENTS SECTION - SHUTTLE VALVES This section contains a wide range of shuttle valves which are ideal for brake circuits and pilot logic circuits. Also included are remote sequence cartridges which can be used for unloading or sequencing small flows. Pressures up to 5 bar (5 psi) and flows up to litres/min (8 US GPM). Hot oil shuttle integrated circuits are also included, with pressures up to 5 bar (5 psi) and flows up to litres/min ( US GPM). SELECTION SECTION SERIES APPLICATION RANGE PAGE SH Ball type shuttle cartridge This valve senses the higher pressure in two lines and allows a signal to a third port whilst blocking the lower pressure line. 5 bar (5 psi) litres/min (5 US GPM) -5 RDS Pilot operated spool valves, cartridge type These valves provide a variety of and way pilot operated directional control valves with a wide range of applications 4 bar (69 psi) 8 litres/min ( US GPM) -65 HSH Hot oil shuttle cartridge These valves provide a hot oil shuttle facility for mounting into manifolds 4 bar (69 psi) 8 litres/min ( US GPM) -85 LE LEV Logic element with piggy back pilot control Logic element with piggy back pilot control and vent 5 bar (5 psi) 4 litres/min ( US GPM) 5 bar (65 psi) 4 litres/min ( US GPM) -5-8 Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

249 TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLES SH SB RDS REMOTE SEQUENCE BRAKE CIRCUIT HSH HOT OIL SHUTTLE & PURGE RELIEF ADJUSTMENTS The adjustment range and Max setting figures shown throughout this catalogue give the design range for each valve, higher or lower values may be attainable but should not be used without first contacting our Engineering department. Setting must ALWAYS be carried out using an appropriate gauge and it must NOT be assumed that screwing an adjuster to its maximum or minimum position will yield the maximum or minimum stated design setting for that valve. P - LEAKPROOF SCREW Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

250 SH SHUTTLE VALVE BALL TYPE FOR SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS, PLEASE CONTACT MAIN OFFICE. SH OUTLET () INLET () INLET () THIS COMPONENT IS NOT TESTED IF SUPPLIED AS CARTRIDGE INSERT ONLY APPLICATION This valve provides a means of sensing the higher pressures between two lines on a hydraulic circuit allowing this line to be used for an auxiliary function such as the removal of a mechanically applied brake, the operation of a gauge or to give a remote pressure sensing line for the control of a separate valve. OPERATION When a higher pressure is sensed at inlet () than at inlet () the ball within the cartridge is forced against a seat opening the higher pressure to outlet (). When the higher pressure appears at inlet () the ball is forced against another seat which blocks inlet () and opens up inlet () to outlet (). FEATURES Cartridge design enabling speedy servicing when mounted in a body or in a composite manifold. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Working Pressure Cartridge Material litres/min (5 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) All working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Unrestricted A Nm (Use Loc-Tite 54).5 kg (. lbs) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C.6 millilitres/min max 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

251 PRESSURE DROP FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR 8 PRESSURE-PSI FLOW-LITRES/MIN 5 CARTRIDGE ONLY 5. A/F INLET () Mx. USING LOC-TITE 54, TORQUE CARTRIDGE TO 8- NM AGAINST THE BOTTOM OF THE CAVITY. 6. OUTLET () INLET () Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE SH Basic Code SH = Cartridge Only We reserve the right to change specifications without notice -6.C

252 RDS7 REMOTE SEQUENCE VALVE PILOT OPERATED SPOOL RDS7 NORMALLY CLOSED OUTLET INLET TANK () () (4) 4 PILOT () APPLICATION This valve provides a means of interrupting a pressure line when a predetermined pilot pressure is reached in a normally open or normally closed form. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow 8 litres/min ( US GPM) The valve can be used in any pilot or small flow system as a remotely operated sequence valve. OPERATION When a pre-set pilot pressure is reached the spool moves back against the spring either opening or closing the line between inlet and outlet. When the pilot pressure falls the valve will return to its normal position. Max Working Pressure Pilot Pressure Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity 4 bar (69 psi) 7 or bar (.5 or 45 psi) All working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A45 (See Section 7) 67 Nm (5 lbs ft) Weight RDS7 RDS75.7 kg (.8 lbs).97 kg (4. lbs) FEATURES Cartridge design enabling speedy servicing when mounted in a body or in a composite manifold. Sealed pilot as standard. Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage SK7 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C SK7V (Viton) 9 millilitres/min nominal per land Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

253 PRESSURE DROP CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: RDS7. A/F 5 FLOW-US GPM 5 5 7, 4 -/6 UN-B PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-PSI 97, FLOW LITRES/MIN COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: RDS75 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 B88 BSP, steel /4 B89 /4 PORTS SAE, aluminium /4 B8 SAE, steel /4 B TYP APPROX ( 9.9 ) Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE RDS*** N W. S Basic Code RDS7 = Cartridge Only RDS75 = Cartridge and Body Options = Normally Closed Adjustment Means N = Fixed Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6W = /4 BSP T = /4 SAE Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pilot Pressure.7 = 7 bar. = bar We reserve the right to change specifications without notice -66.D

254 HSH7 HOT OIL SHUTTLE VALVE HSH7 INLET () OUTLET () INLET (4) 4 APPLICATION This valve provides hot oil exhaust in a closed loop hydrostatic system. The high pressure line causes the valve to open the low pressure line to tank through a back pressure relief valve, thus purging the system of extra oil supplied by the charge pump. OPERATION Inlet () and inlet (4) are fed by the pressure lines of a close loop hydraulic system. As soon as pressure rises in either line, the spool which is internally piloted opens the lower pressure side to tank through a relief valve. This allows the charge pump flow to be exhausted to tank after the oil has done its work, hence the title hot oil shuttle. If the system is reversed, the spool switches in the opposite direction, maintaining hot oil exhaust. FEATURES Compact design with high pressure rating and low pressure drop characteristics. Hardened and match ground working parts keep cross port leakage to a minimum. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Max Working Pressure Rated Purge Oil Flow Body Material Mounting Position 4bar (6 psi) 8 litres/min ( US GPM) Standard steel Line mounted PRESSURE DROP Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity A45 (See Section 7) 67 Nm (5 lbs ft) FLOW (US GPM) 5 5 Weight HSH7 HSH75.7 kg (.8 lbs).6 kg (.5 lbs) PRESSURE (BAR) PRESSURE (PSI) Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp SK (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C SKV (Viton) Leakage 9 millilitres/min nominal per land FLOW (LITRES/MIN) Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

255 CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: HSH MAX. A/F -/6-UN-A INLET (4) OUTLET () INLET () COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: HSH75 Body ONLY part numbers SAE, aluminium /4 B668 BSP, steel /4 B667 /4 PORTS SAE, steel /4 B TYP. 54 MAX Where measurements are critical request certified drawings Basic Code HSH7 = Cartridge Only HSH75 = Cartridge and Body Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 6W = /4 BSP T = /4 SAE ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE HSH** 6W. S 77 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice -86.B Body Material 77= Steel Omit for aluminium (up to bar) Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pilot Pressure.4 = 4 bar. = bar

256 LE SERIES / SPOOL NORMALLY OPEN LOGIC ELEMENT Optional Pilot Control Up to 8 litres/min ( US GPM) 5 bar (5 PSI) LEV (TANK) APPLICATION For use in conjunction with pilot valves to allow control of larger flows. When used with a / solenoid valve the combination allows control of flows to 8 lts/min ( US gpm). With a pilot relief valve or a proportional relief valve the element becomes a high flow pilot style pressure reducing valve. With a needle valve an on/off function is achieved. The outlet flow becomes the controlled pressure line. OPERATION With a pilot valve fitted the valve will only close when flow is allowed across the orifice in the middle of the spool. Flow passing across this orifice will cause there to be a pressure difference that acts over the full area of the spool to move it back against the spring that biases it open. By controlling the pressure in the spring chamber you can control the pressure at which the valve closes. FEATURES Very versatile in its application using hardened and ground spool and sleeve giving minimal internal leakage and long life. High flow and pressure rating increases the variety of applications into which it can fit. With small modifications to the spool the valve can be used as a compensator for restrictive pressure compensated flow controls. CONTROL OPTIONS DR-P-**S Page.5 S7N Page -7 S5N Page -5 CN-S Page 8- PDR TBA DRAFT COPY SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Material 8 litres/min ( US GPM) Working 5 bar (5 psi) Differential - bar ( psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A88 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft). kg (.5 lbs) PTFE Backups, Nitrile or Viton Seals Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Nominal Viscosity Range BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to + C 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) Draft Copy.B

257 abc

258 LE4 SERIES OVERCENTRE VALVE PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK LE4 T () P () APPLICATION For use in conjunction with pilot valves to allow control of larger flows. When used with a / solenoid valve the combination allows control of flows to 5 lts/min (95 US gpm). With a pilot relief valve or a proportional relief valve the element becomes a high flow pilot style relief. With a needle valve an on/off function is achieved. The outlet flow would normally go to tank because back pressure will act on the pilot cartridge to increase the switching pressure. OPERATION With a pilot valve fitted the valve will only open when flow is allowed across the orifice in the middle of the spool. Flow passing across this orifice will cause there to be a pressure difference that acts over the full area of the spool to move it back against the spring that biases it closed. By controlling the pressure in the spring chamber you can control the pressure at which the valve opens. FEATURES Very versatile in its application using hardened and ground spool and sleeve giving minimal internal leakage and long life. High flow and pressure rating increases the variety of applications into which it can fit. CONTROL OPTIONS DR-P-**S Page.5 PDR Page /-5 S7N Page -7 S5 Page -5 CN-S Page 8- SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight 5 litres/min (95 US GPM) Max Load Induced P: 5 bar (5 psi) P: bar ( psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A45 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) LE4 LE45.9 kg (.6 lbs).5 kg (.97 lbs) Seal Kit Number SK6 (Nitrile) SK6V (Viton) Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C Up to 5 millilitres/min 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

259 PRESSURE DROP FREE FLOW - CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: LE4 PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-PSI MAX CAVITY A A/F -5/8-UN-A TANK () FLOW-LITRES/MIN PRESSURE () COMPLETE VALVE /4 / PORTS BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 C45 / C47 BSP, steel /4 C46 / C48 LE45 SAE, aluminium /4 C4 / C4 SAE, steel /4 C4 / C44 5 APPROX Ø9. OFF Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE LE4** N. DR-P-4S W Basic Code LE4 = Cartridge (Logic Element) LE45 = Cartridge (Logic Element) and Body Seals N = Nitron V = Viton We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Port Sizes W = //4 BSP T = //4 SAE Pilot Cartridge Part Number Blank = None DR-P-4S - See Page No: -5 PDRAN*6** - See Page No: /-5 S7N - See Page No: -7 S5 - See Page No: -5 CN - See Page No: 8- Spring. =.75 bar -5.B

260 LEV SERIES / SPOOL VENTABLE LOGIC ELEMENT Optional Pilot Control 4 Litres/min ( US GPM) 5 bar (65 PSI) LEV4 T () V () P () APPLICATION For use in conjunction with pilot valves to allow control of larger flows. When used with a / solenoid valve the combination allows control of flows to 4 lts/min ( US gpm). With a pilot relief valve or a proportional relief valve the element becomes a high flow pilot style ventable relief. With a needle valve an on/off function is achieved. The outlet flow would normally go to tank because back pressure will act on the pilot cartridge to increase the switching pressure. OPERATION With a pilot valve fitted the valve will only open when flow is allowed across the orifice in the middle of the spool. Flow passing across this orifice will cause there to be a pressure difference that acts over the full area of the spool to move it back against the spring that biases it closed. By controlling the pressure in the spring chamber you can control the pressure at which the valve opens. The vent port can be used as a remote control port to provide two pressure operation or a dump facility. FEATURES Very versatile in its application using hardened and ground spool and sleeve giving minimal internal leakage and long life. High flow and pressure rating increases the variety of applications into which it can fit. With small modifications to the spool the valve can be used in load sensing circuits or as a compensator for by-pass pressure compensated flow controls. CONTROL OPTIONS DR-P-**S Page.5 PDR Page /-5 S7N Page -7 S5N Page -5 CN-S Page 8- SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Working Pressure Switch Pressure Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight 4 litres/min ( US GPM) 5 bar Port and bar Port bar Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A77 (See Section 7) 5 Nm ( lbs ft) LEV4 LEV45.7 kg (.54 lbs).54 kg (5.6 lbs) Seal Kit SK (Nitrile) SKV (Viton) Recommended Filtration Level BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) Operating Temp - C to + 9 C Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Up to 5 ml/min cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

261 PRESSURE DROP CARTRIDGE ONLY VENTED PRESSURE DROP BASIC CODE: LEV4 PRESSURE-BAR FLOW - US GPM PRESSURE -PSI MAX CAVITY A A/F -5/8-UN-A VENT () TANK () FLOW-LITRES/MIN PRESSURE () COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium /4 C85 / C78 LEV45 SAE, aluminium /4 C79 / C87 /4 / PORTS BSP, steel /4 C86 / C8 SAE, steel /4 C84 / C Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE LEV4** N. DR-P-4S W Basic Code LEV4 = Cartridge Only (Logic Element) LEV45 = Cartridge (Logic Element) and Body Seals N = Nitrile V = Viton Spring. = Bar We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Port Sizes W = //4 BSP /4 BSP Vent Port T = //4 SAE /4 SAE Vent Port Pilot Cartridge Part Number Blank = None DR-P-4S - See Page No: -5 PDRAN*6** - See Page No: /-5 S7N - See Page No: -7 S5 - See Page No: -5 CN - See Page No: B

262 CONTENTS SECTION 4 - INDUSTRIAL VALVES This section contains 9 L/min, 5 bar (4 US GPM, 5psi) CETOP & 5 Stacking Overcentre and Pilot Operated Check stacking valve modules using cartridge technology to improve serviceability. Also Directional, Flow and Pressure controls available on request. SELECTION SECTION SERIES APPLICATION RANGE PAGE Overcentre Valves Cetop (NG6) and 5 (NG). Single and Dual. Cetop - Using CE* cartridges, see page 6-, 6- & 6-. Cetop 5 - Using CE*9 cartridge, see page 6-5, 6-6 & 6-7. Up to 5 bar (5 psi) Up to 9 l/min (US GPM) 4- to 4- PO Check Valves Cetop (NG6) and 5 (NG). Single and Dual. Cetop - Using 4CK cartridge, see page 7-5. Cetop 5 - Using 4CK9 cartridge, see page 7-6. Up to 5 bar (5 psi) Up to 9 l/min (US GPM) 4- to Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

263 TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLES A B A B P T P T P P T T A B A B PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE 4 All pressure control valves manufactured by Integrated Hydraulics are designed to be Pressure Accessories in accordance with article section of the Pressure Equipment Directive and Sound Engineering Practice and sold in good faith as such. For Safety Accessories as defined in article section.4 of the Pressure Equipment Directive please contact the UK Technical Sales Department. ADJUSTMENTS The adjustment range and Max setting figures shown throughout this catalogue give the design range for each valve, higher or lower values may be attainable but should not be used without first contacting our Engineering department. Setting must ALWAYS be carried out using an appropriate gauge and it must NOT be assumed that screwing an adjuster to its maximum or minimum position will yield the maximum or minimum stated design setting for that valve. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

264 CETOP OVERCENTRE STACKING SLICES PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK *CE/ *CER/ *CEB 4 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directions for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. The CER series overcentre valve performs all duties of a regular overcentre but is able to relieve and stay open irrespective of downstream pressure. This enables the valve to operate when used with a closed centre directional valve which has service line reliefs. The poppet is pressure balanced, preventing relief setting increase due to back pressure.-- In the CEB series pressure balanced overcentre relief setting is unaffected by back pressure, enabling the valve to stay open when the valve port pressure rises. This will allow the control of regenerative or meter out proportional systems. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pliot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES ATMOSPHERIC VENT *CE *CER *CEB Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. PILOT RATIOS CE.5: Best suited for extremely unstable applications such as long booms or flexible frameworks. 5:(Std) SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Best suited for applications where load varies and machine structure can induce instability : Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. CER 4: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Other ratios available upon request. CEB 5: Best suited for systems where back pressure varies frequently and for re-generative systems. Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight (inc Cartridges) Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A66 (See Section 7) 45 Nm ( lbs ft) Single Dual SK95 (Nitrile) - C to +9 C.6 kg (.6 lbs).8 kg (.76 lbs) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) Nominal Viscosity 5 to 5 cst Range For pressure drop curves please see section 6 (cartridge only). SK95V (Viton). millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

265 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: ACE* Overcentre in A, piloted from B Sub-assembly part numbers Aluminium BXP95-S A P T B 4 OFF MOUNTING HOLES 9.8 T A B P 47. MAX 85. 'X' CT CT 48.5 A P T B Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm 4 OFF 'O' RINGS BS:86:-9 'X' SEAL PLATE.4 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: BCE* Overcentre in B, piloted from A Sub-assembly part numbers Aluminium BXP95-S A P T B OFF MOUNTING HOLES T A B P MAX 'X' CT 48.5 CT A P T B Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm.4 'X' SEAL PLATE 4 OFF 'O' RINGS BS:86:-9 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: ABCE* Overcentre in A & B, cross piloted Sub-assembly part numbers Aluminium BXP95-S CT A P T B Steel BXP95-S-77 CT OFF MOUNTING HOLES 6. T A B P 47. MAX. 47. MAX CT CT 5.5 A P T B Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm 4 OFF 'O' RINGS BS:86:-9 SEAL PLATE.4 FOR SEAL PLATE INFORMATION SEE PAGE 4-5 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings Basic Code A = Overcentre in A B = Overcentre in B AB = Overcentre in A&B Overcentre Valve CE = CE CER = CER CEB = CEB (See Section 6) Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Pressure 4.8 l/min = (All pilot ratios) 7-5 bar. Std setting bar (CE) 5 = (.5:, 4:, 5:) 7-5 bar. Std setting bar (CE, CER) 5 = (:) 9-5 bar. Std setting bar (CE) 5 = (5:) 75-5 bar. Std setting bar (CEB) Other pressure ranges available on request ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE ** CE* F 5 S 4 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Body Material Omit = Aluminium. (Up to bar*) 77 = Steel. Pilot Ratio.5: (*CE) 4: (*CER) 5: (*CE/*CEB) : (*CE) Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) * For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option B

266 CETOP 5 OVERCENTRE STACKING SLICES PILOT ASSISTED RELIEF WITH CHECK 5*CE/ 5*CER/ 5*CEB ATMOSPHERIC VENT 5*CE 5*CER 5*CEB 4 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directions for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. The CER series overcentre valve performs all duties of a regular overcentre but is able to relieve and stay open irrespective of downstream pressure. This enables the valve to operate when used with a closed centre directional valve which has service line reliefs. The poppet is pressure balanced, preventing relief setting increase due to back pressure.-- In the CEB series pressure balanced overcentre relief setting is unaffected by back pressure, enabling the valve to stay open when the valve port pressure rises. This will allow the control of regenerative or meter out proportional systems. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pliot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Other ratios available upon request. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight (inc cartridges) Seal Kit Number CEB Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 9 litres/min ( US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A6 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) Single.8 kg (4.8 lbs) Dual. kg (6.64 lbs) SK6 (Nitrile) SK6V (Viton) SK64 (Nitrile) SK64V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst For pressure drop curves please see section 6 (cartridge only). Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

267 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: 5ACE* Overcentre in A, piloted from B Sub-assembly part numbers Aluminium BXP96-S X T A P B T Y 4 OFF MOUNTING HOLES Ø 6.5 THROUGH 6. P X A T D.C.V. FACE Y B T.6 6. CT CT X T A P B T Y Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm `O'RING PLATE C/W 7 off'`o'rings.4 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: 5BCE* Overcentre in B, piloted from A Sub-assembly part numbers Aluminium BXP97-S 6. 4 OFF MOUNTING HOLES Ø 6.5 THROUGH 6. P X Y A B T T X T A P B T Y.6 CT CT X T A P B T Y Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm `O'RING PLATE C/W 7 off `O'RINGS.4 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: 5ABCE* Overcentre in A & B, cross Piloted Sub-assembly part numbers Aluminium BXP99-S 6. MAX 4 OFF MOUNTING HOLES P A B T T. 6. MAX 6. T A P B T CT CT 68.5 CT CT T A P B T Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm 'O' RING PLATE C/W 5 OFF 'O' RINGS BS:86:5-9 SEAL PLATE.4 FOR SEAL PLATE INFORMATION SEE PAGE 4-5 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings Basic Code 5A = Overcentre in A 5B = Overcentre in B 5AB = Overcentre in A&B Overcentre Valve CE = CE9 CER = CER9 CEB = CEB9 (See Section 6) Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment N = Fixed - State pressure setting required For fixed versions add setting in bar increments to end of part number. Subject to a + -% tolerance. Pressure 4.8 l/min = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar 5 = - 5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Other pressure ranges available on request ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE 5 ** CE* F 5 S 4 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Body Material Omit = Aluminium. (Up to bar*) 77 = Steel. Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) * For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option B

268 CETOP CHECK STACKING SLICE PILOT TO OPEN *CK APPLICATION Pilot check valves allow flow to pass in one direction, with a low pressure drop, then prevent reverse flow until pilot pressure is applied. There are many applications for this valve type, the most common being to lock and hold a cylinder, or another hydraulic actuator, in position. The 4CK is a small cartridge valve and is ideally suited for fitting directly into a cylinder, giving economy of installation, direct control of cylinder movement and ease of servicing. FEATURES Hardened and ground poppet gives excellent flow capability for valve size, positive sealing and long working life. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure litres/min (8 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) 4 OPERATION Pressure on the valve port causes the poppet to lift against the spring force, allowing the flow to the cylinder port. Reverse flow is prevented by the poppet reseating. Pressure applied to the pilot port will overcome the cylinder port pressure and lift the poppet from its seat, allowing flow from the cylinder to valve port. PRESSURE DROP Cartridge only PRESSURE-BAR FLOW-US GPM 7.5 FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN PRESSURE-PSI Pilot Ratio : Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Weight (inc cartridge) Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range Working parts hardened and ground steel. Electroless zinc plated body Unrestricted Cavity Number A66 (See Section 7) Torque Cavity into Cartridge Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option. 45 Nm ( lbs ft) Single Dual SK4 (Nitrile) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal 5 to 5 cst.5 kg (.4 lbs).74 kg (.6 lbs) SK4V (Viton) 4 FLOW LITRES/MIN 5 Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

269 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: ACK Check in A, piloted from B Sub-assembly part numbers Aluminium BXP95-S 4 OFF MOUNTING HOLES T A P B A P T B 7. MAX 85. 'X' CT A P T B 4 OFF 'O' RINGS BS:86:-9 CT 'X' SEAL PLATE COMPLETE VALVE 9.8 BASIC CODE: BCK Check in B, piloted from A Sub-assembly part numbers Aluminium BXP95-S A P T B T A B P MAX 'X' A P T B CT 'X' SEAL PLATE CT 4 OFF 'O' RINGS BS:86:-9 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: ABCK Check in A & B, cross piloted Sub-assembly part numbers Aluminium BXP95-S Steel BXP95-S-77 A T MAX. 7. MAX P B A P T B CT CT 48.5 CT CT 4 OFF `O'RINGS BS:86:-9 SEAL PLATE.4 A P T B Basic Code A = Check in A B = Check in B AB = Check in A & B Pilot Operated Check Valve CK = 4CK (See Section 7) FOR SEAL PLATE INFORMATION SEE PAGE 4-5 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE ** * For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. CK S Body Material Omit = Aluminium. (Up to bar*) 77 = Steel. Optional Pilot Seal Omit if not required Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) 4 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

270 CETOP 5 CHECK STACKING SLICE PILOT TO OPEN 5*CK APPLICATION Pilot check valves allow flow to pass in one direction, with a low pressure drop, then prevent reverse flow until pilot pressure is applied. There are many applications for this valve type, the most common being to lock and hold a cylinder, or another hydraulic actuator, in position. The 4CK9 is a small cartridge valve and is ideally suited for fitting directly into a cylinder, giving economy of installation, direct control of cylinder movement and ease of servicing. OPERATION Pressure on the valve port causes the poppet to lift against the spring force, allowing the flow to the cylinder port. Reverse flow is prevented by the poppet reseating. Pressure applied to the pilot port will overcome the cylinder port pressure and lift the poppet from its seat, allowing flow from the cylinder to valve port. FEATURES Hardened and ground poppet gives excellent flow capability for valve size, positive sealing and long working life. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Pressure Pilot Ratio 4: Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position 9 litres/min (4 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. Electroless zinc plated body Unrestricted Cavity Number A6 (See Section 7) Torque Cavity into Cartridge Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option. 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) PRESSURE DROP Weight (inc cartridge) Single Dual.96 kg (4. lbs).58 kg (5.68 lbs) Cartridge only Seal Kit Number SK8 (Nitrile) SK8V (Viton) 4 5 FLOW-US GPM Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal PRESSURE-BAR 5 5 PILOTED OPEN FREE FLOW PRESSURE-PSI Nominal Viscosity Range 5 to 5 cst 4 FLOW-LITRES/MIN 6 8 Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

271 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: 5ACK Check in A, piloted from B Sub-assembly part numbers Aluminium BXP96-S OFF MOUNTING HOLES Ø 6.5 THROUGH 6. X P Y A B T T 6. X T A P B T Y D.C.V. FACE.6 CT 68.5 X T A P B T Y CT.6 `O'RING PLATE C/W 7 off'`o'rings.4 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: 5BCK Check in B, piloted from A Sub-assembly part numbers Aluminium BXP97-S 6. 4 OFF MOUNTING HOLES Ø 6.5 THROUGH X T P Y A B T X T A P B T Y.6 CT 68.5 X T A P B T Y.6 CT `O'RING PLATE C/W 7 off `O'RINGS.4 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: 5ABCK Check in A & B, cross piloted Sub-assembly part numbers Aluminium BXP99-S T A P B T A T 4 OFF MOUNTING HOLES Ø 6.5 THROUGH P B. T CT CT 68.5 T A P B Basic Code 5A = Check in A 5B = Check in B 5AB = Check in A & B T Pilot Operated Check Valve CK = 4CK9 (See Section 7) CT 'O' RING PLATE C/W 5 OFF 'O' RINGS BS:86:5-9 FOR SEAL PLATE INFORMATION SEE PAGE 4-5 Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE 5 ** * For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. CK S SEAL PLATE Seals S.4 CT Body Material Omit = Aluminium. (Up to bar*) 77 = Steel. Optional Pilot Seal Omit if not required = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) 4 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

272 CETOP / 5 MODULAR STACKING VALVES SEALING PLATES AND MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS SEALING PLATES Integrated Hydraulics have designed their range of CETOP Modular Stacking Valves to be used in conjunction with sealing plates which give maximum flexibility and versatility to the user. Each plate has a notch cut out which is used for correct mounting of each valve to give the required function on the correct port or in the right direction. The CETOP plate has a central dimple for locating the plate in the centre of the valve. CETOP CETOP 5 PK55 PK555 4 OFF MOUNTING HOLES Ø6.5 THRO' OFF MOUNTING HOLES Ø5.5 THRO' Ø NIB TO LOCATE IN Ø. DRILLED HOLE Ø5.5 NOTCH NOTE: Central locating dimple should always point towards the solenoid valve, ie, always away from the subplate. MOUNTING PATTERN CETOP AXP 7648 MOUNTING PATTERN CETOP 5 AXP NOTE:. ALL HOLES TO BE Ø..5.7 A. T B NOTE:. ALL HOLES TO BE A Ø. P B 4 MOUNTING HOLES TAPPED M6-6H 4 PORTS ø7.5 MAX P 4 MOUNTING HOLES TAPPED M5 X.8-6H 46. T T 5 PORTS ø. MAX Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) G

273 abc

274 CONTENTS SECTION 5 - DIRECT MOUNTED VALVES This section shows a list of valves which mount directly to motors using the OMP and OMS mounting pattern. They include dual relief valves and overcentre valves. There are many other variations available - please contact the factory for further information. SELECTION CIRCUIT SERIES APPLICATION RANGE PAGE CLLROMP Danfoss OMP Motor Dual relief CLLROMS Danfoss OMS Motor Dual Relief CEEOMP Danfoss OMP Motor Dual overcentre CEEOMS Danfoss OMS Motor Dual overcentre CEOMP Danfoss OMP Single overcentre Direct mounting, dual relief valve to provide shock relief protection at the optimum point within the circuit Direct mounting, dual relief valve to provide shock relief protection at the optimum point within the circuit Direct mounting, dual overcentre valve to prevent load runaway, limiting static leakage and providing hose failure safety Direct mounting, dual overcentre valve to prevent load runaway, limiting static leakage and providing hose failure safety Direct mounting, single overcentre valve to prevent load runaway, limiting static leakage and providing hose failure safety 8 bar (4 psi) 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) 8 bar (4 psi) 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) 4 litres/min ( US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) 9 litres/min ( US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) 4 litres/min (US GPM) CEOMS Danfoss OMS Single overcentre CEESHOMP Danfoss OMP Dual overcentre with shuttle Direct mounting, single overcentre valve to prevent load runaway, limiting static leakage and providing hose failure safety Direct mounting, dual overcentre valve to prevent load runaway, limiting static leakage and providing hose failure safety with brake release shuttle 5 bar (5 psi) 9 litres/min (US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) 4 litres/min ( US GPM) M M CT CT V BR BR V CEESHOMS Danfoss OMS Dual overcentre with shuttle CESHOMP Danfoss OMP Single overcentre with shuttle Direct mounting, dual overcentre valve to prevent load runaway, limiting static leakage and providing hose failure safety with brake release shuttle Direct mounting, single overcentre valve to prevent load runaway, limiting static leakage and providing hose failure safety with brake release shuttle 5 bar (5 psi) 9 litres/min (US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) 4 litres/min ( US GPM) M M CT CT V BR BR V CESHOMS Danfoss OMS Single overcentre with shuttle Direct mounting, single overcentre valve to prevent load runaway, limiting static leakage and providing hose failure safety with brake release shuttle 5 bar (5 psi) 9 litres/min ( US GPM) 5-6 Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

275 TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLES DUAL RELIEF DUAL OVERCENTRE SINGLE RELIEF SINGLE OVERCENTRE NOTES These valves are some examples of valves in current production. The versatility of cartridge valves and experienced design makes it possible to mount most circuits to the motor giving space saving, reduced leakage points and, most of all, optimum efficiency. 5 Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

276 MOTOR MOUNTED VALVE OMP MOUNTING PATTERN CROSS LINE RELIEF VALVE CLLROMP5 M A M B APPLICATION To protect both lines in a circuit from over pressurisation by relieving oil to the other line. Ideal for use with motors or directional valves as a safety relief. Differential area, fast acting, poppet valve. OPERATION Pressure acts over one of two differential areas forcing the poppet back allowing relief flow to the other port. This being a single cartridge is ideal for mounting on to the motor in a special housing. PRESSURE DROP FEATURES Single cartridge relieving in both directions cutting down space requirements, giving full adjustment through its range on both pressures at the same time. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External steel surfaces black oxide Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option Mounting Position Unrestricted FLOW-US GPM Cavity Number A878 (See Section 7) Torque Cartridge into Cavity 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) 5 PRESSURE-BAR FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range.46 kg (. lbs) SK8 (Nitrile) SK8V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 millilitres/min 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

277 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium / AXP458-4W-S CLLROMP5 / PORTS CLLR-F-5* See page - APPROX 6. M M ,5 Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code CLLROMP5 = Cartridge and Body CLLROMP5 F 4W 5 S BK Mounting BK = Bolt Kit 5 Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Adjustable Pressure Range 5 = 4-5 bar. Std setting 8 bar* Std setting made at 4 litres/min * Cartridges must not be adjusted above the safe working pressure of the motor We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 5-.A

278 MOTOR MOUNTED VALVE OMS MOUNTING PATTERN CROSS LINE RELIEF VALVE CLLROMS5 M A M B APPLICATION To protect both lines in a circuit from over pressurisation by relieving oil to the other line. Ideal for use with motors or directional valves as a safety relief. Differential area, fast acting, poppet valve. OPERATION Pressure acts over one of two differential areas forcing the poppet back allowing relief flow to the other port. This being a single cartridge is ideal for mounting on to the motor in a special housing. PRESSURE DROP FEATURES Single cartridge relieving in both directions cutting down space requirements, giving full adjustment through its range on both pressures at the same time. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External steel surfaces black oxide Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add Suffix 77 for steel option FLOW-US GPM 4 Mounting Position Cavity Number Unrestricted A878 (See Section 7) PRESSURE-BAR PRESSURE-PSI Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp 6 Nm (44 lbs ft).99 kg (.8 lbs) SK8 (Nitrile) SK8V (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 FLOW LITRES/MIN 5 Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 5 millilitres/min 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

279 COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium / AXP459-4W-S CLLROMS5 / PORTS CLLR-F-5* See page A. 7.. M 7. B 5. M Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code CLLROMS5 = Cartridge and Body CLLROMS5 F 4W 5 S BK Mounting BK = Bolt Kit 5 Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 4W = / BSP 8T = / SAE Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Adjustable Pressure Range 5 = 4-5 bar. Std setting 8 bar* Std setting made at 4 litres/min * Cartridges must not be adjusted above the safe working pressure of the motor We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 5-.A

280 MOTOR MOUNTED VALVES OMP MOUNTING PATTERN SINGLE AND DUAL OVERCENTRE VALVE CEOMP5/CEEOMP5 M M M M M M CT CT CT CT V V V V V V CEOMP5- CEOMP5- CEEOMP5 5 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. The overcentre cartridge is ideal for mounting directly into a cavity machined in the body of the cylinder, motor or rotary actuator. The cartridge can also be mounted directly to the ports via a specifically machined body as part of a Hydraulic Integrated Circuit or single unit, or contained within one of our standard line bodies. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directional for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pliot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Directly interchangeable with litres/min pilot check valve. See catalogue page 7-5. PILOT RATIOS.5: Best suited for extremely unstable applications such as long booms or flexible frameworks. 5: Best suited for applications where load varies (Standard) and machine structure can induce instability : Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A66 (See Section 7) 45 Nm ( lbs ft) CEOMP5 CEEOMP5 BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst.6 kg (.5 lbs).66 kg (.65 lbs) CEOMP5 SK85 SK85V CEEOMP5 SK84 SK84V. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) * For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

281 PRESSURE DROP.5: & 5: VERSION : VERSION FLOW-US GPM FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW FREE FLOW 45 PRESSURE-PSI 5 PILOT OPEN PILOT OPEN FLOW-LITRES/MIN FLOW-LITRES/MIN COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium / BXP45-4W-S CEEOMP5 Cavity plug part number Nitrile AXP--N / PORTS Viton AXP--V APPROX. 54. V CT M V CT M 6. OVERCENTRE VALVES CE-F**-*-* See page 6- Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm CHECK MOTOR MOUNTING COMPATIBILITY BEFORE SPECIFYING Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CE*OMP5* F 4W 5 S 5 BK Basic Code CEEOMP5 = Cartridge and Body CEOMP5- = Single overcentre in line V-M CEOMP5- = Single overcentre in line V-M Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 4W = / BSP Mounting BK = Bolt Kit Pilot Ratio =.5: 5 = 5: = : 5 Pressure Range = (.5: and 5:): 7- bar. Std setting bar (:): - bar. Std setting bar 5 = (.5: and 5:): -5 bar. Std setting bar (:): -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min * Cartridges must not be adjusted above the safe working pressure of the motor Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 5-A

282 MOTOR MOUNTED VALVES OMS MOUNTING PATTERN SINGLE & DUAL OVERCENTRE VALVES CEOMS95/CEEOMS95 M M M M M M CT CT CT CT V V V V V V CEOMS95- CEOMS95- CEEOMS95 5 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. The overcentre cartridge is ideal for mounting directly into a cavity machined in the body of the cylinder, motor or rotary actuator. The cartridge can also be mounted directly to the ports via a specifically machined body as part of a Hydraulic Integrated Circuit or single unit, or contained within one of our standard line bodies. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directions for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pliot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited for applications where the load varies and machine structure can induce instability. 8: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Other ratios available upon request. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range 9 litres/min ( US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A6 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) CEOMS95 CEEOMS95 BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C 5 to 5 cst.6 kg (4.75 lbs).6 kg (4.97lbs) CEOMS95 SK8 SK8V CEEOMS95 SK795 SK795V. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

283 PRESSURE DROP 4: VERSION 8: VERSION FLOW-US GPM FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW PILOTED OPEN FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW 4 PILOTED OPEN FLOW LITRES/MIN PRESSURE-PSI COMPLETE VALVE / PORTS BASIC CODE: CEEOMS95 Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium / BXP455-4W-S CT CT Cavity plug part numbers Nitrile AXP444--N Viton AXP444--V 6. APPROX OVERCENTRE VALVES CE9-F**-*-* See page 6-5 V V M M Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm CHECK MOTOR MOUNTING COMPATIBILITY BEFORE SPECIFYING Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CE*OMS95-* F 4W 5 S 4 BK Basic Code CEEOMS95 = Cartridge and Body CEOMS95- = Single overcentre in line V - M CEOMS95- = Single overcentre in line V - M Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 4W = / BSP Adjustable Pressure Range = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar 5 = -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min * Cartridges must not be adjusted above the safe working pressure of the motor Mounting BK = Bolt Kit Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: 8 = 8: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) 5 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: Fax: A

284 CEESHOMP5 MOTOR MOUNTED VALVES OMP MOUNTING PATTERN SINGLE AND DUAL OVERCENTRE VALVE WITH BRAKE RELEASE SHUTTLE M M M M M M CT CT CT CT CT CT CT V BR BR V V BR BR V V BR BR V CESHOMP5- CESHOMP5- CEESHOMP5 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. The overcentre cartridge is ideal for mounting directly into a cavity machined in the body of the cylinder, motor or rotary actuator. The cartridge can also be mounted directly to the ports via a specifically machined body as part of a Hydraulic Integrated Circuit or single unit, or contained within one of our standard line bodies. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directional for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. PILOT RATIOS.5: Best suited for extremely unstable applications such as long booms or flexible frameworks. 5: Best suited for applications where load varies (Standard) and machine structure can induce instability : Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting litres/min (8 US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) 5 OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pliot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio FEATURES Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A66 (See Section 7) 45 Nm ( lbs ft) CESHOMP5 CEESHOMP5 BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C.9 kg (5.4lbs).4 kg (5.5 lbs) CESHOMP5 SK85 SK85V CEESHOMP5 SK84 SK84V Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Directly interchangeable with litres/min pilot check valve. See catalogue page 7-5. Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst * For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

285 PRESSURE DROP 5 ce.5: & 5: VERSION : VERSION FLOW-US GPM FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW FREE FLOW 45 PRESSURE-PSI 5 PILOT OPEN PILOT OPEN FLOW-LITRES/MIN FLOW-LITRES/MIN COMPLETE VALVE BASIC CODE: Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium / BXP45-4W-S Cavity plug part numbers Nitrile AXP--N Viton AXP--V CEESHOMP5 / PORTS M BR. CT (.) (.) BR 4 MTG HOLES Ø9. THRO' C'BORED Ø4.x. DEEP (.) (6.). V V (.) (6.) CT OVERCENTRE VALVES CE-F**-*-* See page 6- Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm CT CHECK MOTOR MOUNTING COMPATIBILITY BEFORE SPECIFYING Where measurements are critical request certified drawings Basic Code CEEOMP5 = Cartridge and Body CESHOMP5- = Single overcentre in line V - M CESHOMP5- = Single overcentre in line V - M ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE CE*SHOMP5-* F 4W 5 S 5 Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 4W = / BSP /4 BSP brake port Adjustable Pressure Range = (.5: and 5:): 7- bar. Std setting bar (:): - bar. Std setting bar 5 = (.5: and 5:): -5 bar. Std setting bar (:): -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min Other pressure ranges available on request * Cartridges must not be adjusted above the safe working pressure of the motor BK Mounting BK = Bolt Kit Pilot Ratio =.5: 5 = 5: = : Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) 5 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice 5-5.A

286 MOTOR MOUNTED VALVES OMS MOUNTING PATTERN SINGLE AND DUAL OVERCENTRE VALVE WITH BRAKE RELEASE SHUTTLE CESHOMS/CEESHOMS M M M M M M CT CT C CT CT CT CT CT V B V V B V V B V CESHOMS95- CESHOMS95- CEESHOMS95 5 APPLICATION Overcentre valves give static and dynamic control of loads by regulating the flow into and out of hydraulic actuators. When installed close to or within an actuator, the overcentre valve will stop runaway in the event of hose burst and if open centre directional control valves are used, will allow thermal expansion relief of the hydraulic fluid. The overcentre cartridge is ideal for mounting directly into a cavity machined in the body of the cylinder, motor or rotary actuator. The cartridge can also be mounted directly to the ports via a specifically machined body as part of a Hydraulic Integrated Circuit or single unit, or contained within one of our standard line bodies. Single overcentre valves are normally used when the load is unidirectional, for example an aerial platform or crane and dual overcentre valves are used for controlling loads in both directions for motor applications or for cylinders going over centre. OPERATION The check section allows free flow into the actuator then holds and locks the load against movement. The pilot assisted relief valve section will give controlled movement when pliot pressure is applied. The relief section is normally set to open at a pressure at least. times the maximum load induced pressure but the pressure required to open the valve and allow movement depends on the pilot ratio of the valve. For optimisation of load control and energy usage, a choice of pilot ratios is available. The pressure required to open the valve and start actuator movement can be calculated as follows: Pilot Pressure = (Relief Setting) - (Load Pressure) Pilot Ratio PILOT RATIOS 4: Best suited for applications where the load varies and machine structure can induce instability. 8: Best suited for applications where the load remains relatively constant. Other ratios available upon request. SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst Rated Flow Max Setting Cartridge Material Body Material Mounting Position Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level Operating Temp 9 litres/min ( US GPM) Max Load Induced Pressure: 7 bar (4 psi) Relief Setting: 5 bar (5 psi) Working parts hardened and ground steel. External surfaces zinc plated Standard aluminium (up to bar*) Add suffix 77 for steel option Unrestricted A6 (See Section 7) 6 Nm (44 lbs ft) CESHOMS95 CEESHOMS95 BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) - C to +9 C.kg (5. lbs).4 kg (5.lbs) CESHOMS95 SK8 SK8V CEESHOMS95 SK795 SK795V FEATURES Cartridge is economical and fits simple cavity. Allows quick, easy field service - reduces down time. Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst *For applications above bar please consult our technical department or use the steel body option. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

287 PRESSURE DROP 4: VERSION 8: VERSION FLOW-US GPM FLOW-US GPM PRESSURE-BAR FREE FLOW PRESSURE-PSI PRESSURE-BAR 5 5 FREE FLOW 4 PRESSURE-PSI PILOTED OPEN FLOW LITRES/MIN 5 PILOTED OPEN FLOW LITRES/MIN COMPLETE VALVE / PORTS BASIC CODE: Sub-assembly part numbers BSP, aluminium / BXP456-4W-S Cavity plug part numbers Nitrile AXP444--N Viton AXP444--V CEESHOMS95 CT B 45. CT APPROX OVERCENTRE VALVES CE9-F**-*-* See page 6-5 V V M. 7. CT 9. M Tightening torque of F adjuster locknut - to 5 Nm CHECK MOTOR MOUNTING COMPATIBILITY BEFORE SPECIFYING Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code CEESHOMS95 = Cartridge and Body CESHOMS95- = Single overcentre in line V - M CESHOMS95- = Single overcentre in line V - M Adjustment Means F = Screw Adjustment Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only 4W = / BSP /8 BSP brake port Pressure 4.8 l/min = 7-5 bar. Std setting bar 5 = -5 bar. Std setting bar Std setting made at 4.8 litres/min CE*SHOMS95-* F 4W 5 S 4 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice BK Mounting BK = Bolt Kit Pilot Ratio 4 = 4: 8 = 8: Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) A

288 CONTENTS SECTION 6 - HYDRAULIC INTEGRATED CIRCUITS & SPECIAL PRODUCTS This section contains a range of application ideas. Port sizes up to BSP are available, with flows up to litres/min (8 US GPM). SELECTION CIRCUIT SERIES APPLICATION RANGE PAGE HP7 Hand pump This hand pump has been designed for use on machines which require emergency lowering, or for pilot supply on access platforms and lubrication circuits 5 bar (75 psi) generated pressure. cc (. ml) per stroke displacement 6- T6 Pressure intensifier This valve converts low input pressure from a small low pressure pump or sub-circuit to high pressure up to 7 bar. This valve eliminates the need for a high pressure pump or high-low type circuit. 7 bar (, psi) 6- TR Transmission valve This valve is designed to keep traction on wheels even when one is free to spin. This valve also gives runaway protection and brake release 5 bar (5 psi) litres/min (6 US GPM) * DF Difflock valve For use in transmission circuits with low pressure pilot to bypass, keeping running pressure drop down to a minimum. 5 bar (5 psi) litres/min (57 US GPM) * 6 TYPICAL CIRCUIT RG Regenerative valve This valve uses the exhaust flow from the annular side of the cylinder to increase the speed of the actuator by feeding the oil into the full bore 5 bar (6 psi) 5 litres/min (65 US GPM) * OPTIONAL SL Raise lower package For simple single acting lifts such as hydraulic platforms or tail gate lifts on trucks bar ( psi) litres/min (5 US GPM) * RESTRICTOR * Contact office for further details Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

289 CIRCUIT SERIES APPLICATION RANGE PAGE MAN MAR Triple relief with diverter For use in a system which requires three different relief valve settings. Commonly used in forklift truck clamp applications. 4 bar (58 psi) 5 litres/min (4 US GPM) * * Contact office for further details TYPICAL CIRCUIT EXAMPLES HIGH PRESSURE CLAMPING CYLINDER LOAD P C TANK HP P.O. CHECK VALVE T OPTIONAL RESTRICTOR INLET P DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE INTENSIFIER LOAD LOWERING VALVE C C V M M V C C PILOT DRAIN GAUGE IN NOTES REGENERATIVE CIRCUIT DIFFLOCK CIRCUIT These valves are typical of Hydraulic Integrated Circuits, giving full control in one manifold. This saves space, improves performance and cuts costs. Many other semi-standard packages are available on request. 6 Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

290 HP SERIES HAND PUMP HP7 APPLICATION The HP7 hand pump has been designed to be used on machines which require emergency release of brakes or for pilot supply for emergency lowering of access platforms. It can also be utilised in the lubrication circuits. OUTLET INLET OPERATION Depressing the plunger will force oil out through a check valve and into the system. The plunger will then retract drawing oil into the chamber through a second check valve. CARTRIDGE ONLY BASIC CODE: HP7 FEATURES Built in pressure and suction checks. Self contained cartridge element. Low leakage ball and seat design. Minimal effort required for plunger movement (") A/F 7/8-4 UNF-A SPECIFICATIONS Figures based on: Oil Temp = 4 C Viscosity = 4 cst. 5.8 OUTLET () INLET () COMPLETE VALVE /8 PORTS BASIC CODE: HP75 Body ONLY part numbers BSP, aluminium SAE, aluminium /8 B95 / B APPROX Bore Diameter 9.5 mm (.75 ) Stroke 9 mm (.75 ) Displacement. cc (. ml) Generated Pressure Cartridge Material Body Material Cavity Number Torque Cartridge into Cavity Weight Seal Kit Number Recommended Filtration Level 5 bar (75 psi) Working parts hardened & ground steel Zinc plated steel & anodised aluminium A7 (See Section 7) 4 Nm ( lbs ft).6 kg (.5 lbs) SK4 (Nitrile) SK4 (Viton) BS554/4 Class 8/ (5 micron nominal) Operating Temp Leakage Nominal Viscosity Range - C to +9 C. millilitres/min nominal (5 dpm) 5 to 5 cst 6 Basic Code HP7 = Cartridge Only HP75 = Cartridge and Body Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /8 BSP 8T = / SAE ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE HP7 W S Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) G

291 HYDRAULIC INTEGRATED CIRCUITS T6 PRESSURE INTENSIFIER APPLICATION This valve is used to convert low input pressure from a small low pressure pump or sub-circuit to high pressure up to 7 bar ( psi) and can eliminate the need for high pressure pump, or high-low type circuit. It is best suited for use with low horsepower, variable volume pumps. Contact main office for full specifications. MAXIMUM PRESSURE Inlet: bar (6 psi) Output: 7 bar ( psi) High pressure clamping cylinder. P.O check valve 7 BAF (See 4KD5 Page 7- RATED FLOW Inlet:.5 litres/min (.4 US GPM) max Output: 65 millilitres/min ( in³/min) Directional Control Valve 47.7 HOLES Ø7. THRO' P HP T INLET ø67. Where measurements are critical request certified drawings ORDERING CODE EXAMPLE Basic Code T6 = Intensifier Port Sizes - Bodied Valves Only W = /4 BSP T6 W 6 S Seals S = Nitrile (For use with most industrial hydraulic oils) SV = Viton (For high temperature and most special fluid applications) Pressure Intensification Ratio 6 = 6.5: 6 We reserve the right to change specifications without notice Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

292 abc CARTRIDGE TYPE CAVITY MOUNTED HYDRAULIC HAND OPERATED PUMP ROTATE HANDLE TO SUIT APPLICATION REMOVABLE OPERATING HANDLE CAVITY MOUNTED PUMP WITH INTEGRAL CHECK VALVES INLET STRAINER FEATURES novel cartridge hand operated hydraulic pump eliminates the need for connecting pipe work manifold mounted in industry standard cavity handle rotates on body to suit user suitable for use with hydraulic mineral oil fluid displacement.9 cc per stroke maximum working pressure 5 bar ref:\datasheets\bxp87.p65 - EQ746 single acting operation on down stroke built in strainer on pump inlet steel construction with hard chrome piston operating handle is easily removed for storage nitrile rubber seals; other options available temperature (fluid and ambient) - to 8 C light weight - weighs.8 kg including handle Issue 5.A

293 INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE APPLICATION Suitable for any application requiring manual generation of hydraulic power, eg, emergency back up, operating hydraulic cylinders or actuators, hydrostatic testing, etc. MOUNTING Suitable for manifold mounting into Integrated Hydraulics cavity type AXP878 ( port, 7/8-4 UNF thread). The pump body is screwed into the cavity; the handle mechanism rotates on the body to allow alignment as required for application. Mounting orientation is universal. Sealing is by nitrile rubber O rings (standard material; other materials such as fluorocarbon or ethylene propylene are available to order). Recommended tightening torque when fitting pump body into manifold: 45-5 Nm. CONNECTIONS Inlet in base; outlet in side, to suit specified cavity dimensions. As with any hand pump, the inlet line back to tank should be kept as short and unconstricted as possible for optimum performance. COMMISSIONING The pump should be operated during installation to leak test and bleed the hydraulic circuit. Failure to do so will result in reduced pump displacement and a spongey action. MAINTENANCE The inlet strainer is easily accessible for cleaning on the base of the pump. Should it be necessary, inlet and outlet non return valves are also accessible for cleaning. Rubber seal components are easily replaceable using standard tools; service kits are available. DIMENSIONS PUMP STRAINER TANK INLET CHECK VALVE OUTLET CHECK VALVE 55 ARC OF MOVEMENT FLOW DIAGRAM OPERATING HANDLE 6 PUMP OUTLET STANDARD CAVITY REQUIRED: 7/8-4 UNF PORT CAVITY DRAWING UPON REQUEST PUMP INLET WITH INTEGRAL MESH STRAINER 5.4 A/F HEX DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES ENQUIRIES WELCOMED FOR OTHER STANDARD CAVITIES Integrated Hydraulics Limited Collins Road, Heathcote Industrial Estate, Warwick, CV4 6TF, England. Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 ()

294 CARTRIDGE CAVITIES INDEX 7 VALVE CAVITY PAGE NUMBER CE, CEB, 4CK, 5CK A LR,CLLR A DR, DR, CA, CA, PDRA A DS, DS, PS, PSC, UPS, PA A88 7- AR, ARC, UAR, GR, GR A88 7- LR A6 7- PUL A VR, UL6 A S9 A5 7-4 RDS, RDS, SB4 A5 7-6 CE, CER, CEB, CEL, CPB, A CK, 5CK, PSC PFR 4A A CEBD, CPBD A CE, CEB, 4CK, 5CK A A PUL6 A CEBD9, CPBD9 A CE9, CEB9, CER9, CEL9, CPB9, 4CK(D)9 A6 7-8 HP7, CA5, CLLR5, DR5 A7 7-8 PD5 A S57, S57, S57, S574, S577, 4CKKT5 A CEBD, CPBD A LE4 A VR, PA, PS A SH A A CE4, CER4, CEL4 A8 7- CPBD A5 7-5 HSH7, RDS7 A A CA A LEV4 A A 7-7 AR6, GR6, CR, CFR CVA DS6, PS6, PA6 CVA Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) J

295 Our cavities have been designed to achieve standardisation based on each thread size to reduce the amount of tooling required to cover the valve range. All new designs of cartridge are made to fit the ISO recommendations for standard cavities. The diagram below shows the sequence of tooling using tools specified in the following pages. Note: a pilot drill may be required before the form drill. Great care must be taken to ensure that the tools are inserted along the same machining axis to maintain correct concentricities, hence bodies should not be moved between operations. OPERATION FORM DRILL OPERATION FORM REAMER OPERATION PLUG TAP 7 Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

296 CARTRIDGE CAVITIES CAVITY A877 CAVITY TOOLS CAVITY A878 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A6 FORM REAMER A6 PLUG TAP 5/6- UNF FORM DRILL A885 FORM REAMER A7 PLUG TAP 7/8-4 UNF Ø.8 B Ø.8 Ø.8 A -A- -A- 7. B A Ø.8 A R..5.8 ø 45. ø ø.5.4 ø ø /6-UNF-B B.8 B R..8. ø8 ø /8-4 UNF-B..5 ø.4 ø Ø.8 B B Ø.8 A Ø.8 A ø6.5 MAX ø6. MAX DRILLED 7. MIN REAMED. ø ø8 CAVITY A879 CAVITY TOOLS CAVITY A88 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A4 FORM REAMER A4 PLUG TAP /4-6 UNF FORM DRILL A FORM REAMER A PLUG TAP -4 UNS 7.4 FORM DRILL Ø.8 Ø A- B B A R....6 ø6. ø /4-6 UNF-B ø9. MAX ø.75 MAX ø A ø5. MAX ø4. MAX.5 MAX.8 ø. ø ø UNS-B ø ø A.5 A.5 A A DRILL AXP 89. DRILL AXP NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

297 CARTRIDGE CAVITIES CAVITY A88 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A8 FORM REAMER A6 PLUG TAP -4 UNS.6 Ø. Ø UNS-B Ø.4.8 A.5 A.5 A.5 A CAVITY A6 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL AT4 FORM REAMER AT488 PLUG TAP 5/8- UNF 5 ø55.6 ø /8- UNF-B REAMED DEPTH 8. PILOTED DRILL AXP Ø.5 Ø A-.8 B.6 Ø.8 B Ø.8 B A R ø7. MAX ø ø4. MAX -A- NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) D

298 CARTRIDGE CAVITIES CAVITY A45 CAVITY TOOLS CAVITY A46 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A6 FORM REAMER A7 PLUG TAP 5/6- UN FORM DRILL A5 FORM REAMER A6 PLUG TAP /8- UNF ø4. MAX Ø.8 B B Ø.8 A ø4. MAX ø5. MAX 45 ø. MAX Ø.5 A 4.6 ø45. ø ø ø MAX 5/6-UN-B R B Ø.8 -A- -A- 8.5 B B Ø.8 A ø8. MAX R.. 5. MAX ø8. ø.. ø ø /8-UNF-B.8. ø. MAX Ø.5 A B CAVITY A5 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A58 FORM REAMER A59 PLUG TAP /4-6 UNF.8 B.6 /4-6 UNF-B 5 ø. ø.7.6 Ø.8 B B Ø.8 A MIN REAM ø.7.6 ø5.5 MAX TYP 8. ø ø A- Ø.8 A 7 NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

299 CARTRIDGE CAVITIES CAVITY A5 CAVITY TOOLS CAVITY A66 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A5668 FORM REAMER A5669 PLUG TAP 7/8-4 UNF FORM DRILL AT447 FORM REAMER AT448 PLUG TAP M X.5.8 B R.. ø7.5 MAX TYP ø4. ø ø ø ø /8-4 UNF-B. ø5.5 MAX Ø.8 B B Ø.8 A -A Ø.5 A Ø.5 A.8 A 4. REAM DEPTH..6 C ø ø Mx.5-6H ø ø4. 45 ø5. MAX ø ø8. MAX.5 -A-. Ø.8 Ø.8 4. B A B Ø.5 A CAVITY A67 CAVITY TOOLS CAVITY A676 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL AT48 FORM REAMER AT48 PLUG TAP /4-6 UNF FORM DRILL A69 FORM REAMER A694 PLUG TAP 5/6- UNF B 7.6 REAM DEPTH Ø.8 B B Ø.8 A Ø.5 A -A- -A ø6. ø ø.75 MAX ø /4-6 UNF-B R...6 ø9.5 MAX B.8 CLAMPING FACE PILOT ø5. MAX ø6.5 MAX ø. MAX R..5 DRAIN 4 CYL 45 VALVE.6.6 ø ø ø ø Ø.8 B Ø.8 B B -5/6-UN-B Ø.8 A.8 MIN 7. R. MAX ø REAMED DEPTH 86. DRILLED DEPTH 7 NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) H

300 CARTRIDGE CAVITIES CAVITY A695 CAVITY TOOLS CAVITY A695 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL AT5 FORM REAMER AT5 PLUG TAP 5/8- UN FORM DRILL A7645 FORM REAMER A7646 PLUG TAP /4-6 UNF.8 B.6.6 ø7. MAX. 5 ø58. ø /8-UN-B ø A- Ø.8 B B Ø.8 A B.8 7. Ø A- B B Ø.8 A. ø. ø.7.6 ø /4-6 UNF-B 4. R ø.5 MAX ø5. ø R Ø.8 A FORM DRILL DEPTH Ø.5 A Ø.5 A ø.. ø.75.7 ø ø5.5 MAX TYP CAVITY A778 ø48.5 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A859 FORM REAMER A859 PLUG TAP 5/6 - UN -B 5.8 A.6 Ø.8 B B Ø.8 A.68.. ø /6- UN-B R MIN REAM DEPTH ø9. MAX 4.6 PORT A 7 -A- Ø.8 A.6 ø ø.9.9 ø8.5 MAX PORT B NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

301 CARTRIDGE CAVITIES CAVITY A88 CAVITY TOOLS CAVITY A96 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A5 FORM REAMER A6 PLUG TAP /8- UNF FORM DRILL A97 FORM REAMER A98 PLUG TAP M7 X.5 ø8. Ø.8 B Ø.8 -A- B A R...6 ø.. ø /8-UNF-B B.8 B Ø.5 B Ø.5 B B Ø.8 A..6.6 ø.47.4 ø M7x.5-6H 5 ø4. MAX ø4. MAX ø.5 MAX ø.5 MAX ø5. MAX ø. MAX MIN REAM R R. MAX ø. MAX ø.85.8 Ø.5 A.6.6 ø. ø.5. ø Ø.5 A -A- CAVITY A6 CAVITY TOOLS CAVITY A7 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A7 FORM REAMER A8 PLUG TAP M7 X.5 FORM DRILL A49 FORM REAMER A44 PLUG TAP 7/8-4 UNF.8 B Ø.5 B Ø.8 6. B A..5.6 ø4. ø M7x.5-6H 5. ø4. MAX.8 A 7/8-4 UNF-B ø. ø Ø.8 B B Ø.8 A MIN REAM 4..5 R.. 45 ø. MAX ø.. 45 INLET ø. ø.5. ø Ø.5 A ø4. OUTLET ø A- -A- 7 NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) E

302 CARTRIDGE CAVITIES CAVITY A74 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A8 FORM REAMER A8 PLUG TAP 7/8-4 UNF CAVITY A744 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A84 FORM REAMER A85 PLUG TAP 7/8-4 UNF B B B A.6 5 ø4. ø /8-4 UNF-B R B B B A Ø4. Ø Ø /8-4 UNF-B R.. -A ø6.5 MAX TYP Ø6.5 MAX TYP -A-.5 A.6.6 ø5. MAX ø ø A.5 A.6.6 Ø 5. MAX Ø Ø Ø CAVITY A98 B Ø.8 B Ø.8 B A Ø.8 -A- ø ø /8-UN-B ø CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A99 FORM REAMER A PLUG TAP 5/8 - UN MAX. MAX B.5 MAX A Ø.8 ø5..6 ø NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) H

303 CARTRIDGE CAVITIES CAVITY A45 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A46 FORM REAMER A47 PLUG TAP.5/8 -UNF-B B.8 B Ø58. Ø B A -5/8- UN-B R MIN REAM DEPTH PORT A Ø. MAX.8 -A-.5 A.6 Ø Ø Ø6.5 MAX PORT B CAVITY A6 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A6 FORM REAMER A7 PLUG TAP.5/6-UNF-B Ø B.8 -A- B A Ø Ø /6-UN-B R B. Ø4. MAX PORT Ø5. MAX PORT Ø. MAX.5 A.6 PORT Ø MAX 7 NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

304 .6 CARTRIDGE CAVITIES CAVITY A A. -A- Mx..8.6 C SEATING FACE A CAVITY TOOLS FORM REAMER AT97 PLUG TAP M x..5 Ø.75 DATUM 5.. PORT Ø6. MAX Ø6. 6. MAX. CAVITY A Ø6.7 MAX TYP Ø49. Ø Ø. Ø R Ø. Ø4.5 Ø Ø MAX.5 A -5/6"--UN-B. -A CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL AT5 FORM REAMER AT6 PLUG TAP 5/6 - UN -B.8 A MIN FULL TH'D.5 A.5 A.6 C A. MIN REAM CAVITY A8 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL AT69/ FORM REAMER AT69/ PLUG TAP M8 x -6H 5.6 Ø5. Ø A MIN REAM.6 C MIN FULL TH'D.5. M8x.-6H Ø6.. R...8 A MAX Ø5.. Ø7.5MAX Ø Ø.5. Ø A-.5 A NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) F

305 CARTRIDGE CAVITIES CAVITY A5 CAVITY TOOLS CAVITY A45 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL AT57 FORM REAMER AT574 PLUG TAP M x.5 6H 5 Ø4. Ø FORM DRILL AT96 FORM REAMER AT96 PLUG TAP /6.5 A UN - B.6 -/6-UN-B 59. DRILL DEPTH 57. REAM DEPTH FULL TH'D 5. MIN 4. A.8 LOCATING FACE.6 C..6 Mx.5-6H.8.4 Ø8.5 R. MAX R. 45 DRILL Ø5. Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø8. MAX Ø4. MAX Ø4. MAX. -A-.5 A.5 A.8 A A Ø.7 MAX TYP Ø R Ø8. MAX Ø A MIN FULL TH'D A.6 C A MIN REAM Ø A.6 Ø.7..5 A CAVITY A47 CAVITY TOOLS CAVITY A66 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A58 FORM REAMER A59 PLUG TAP /6 UN-B FORM DRILL AT8 FORM REAMER AT8 PLUG TAP 5/6 UN-B 46.4 REAM DEPTH.8 A 4.9 MIN FULL THREAD. -/6--UN-B.6 C Ø4.5 Ø Ø5. 45 Ø. Ø R. Ø. MAX. Ø.7 MAX -A-.8 A.8 A DRILL DEPTH 47. REAM DEPTH.8 A.5 4. MIN FULL THREAD. 5-5/6--UN-B.6 C Ø 48.5 Ø Ø.5 45 Ø7.5 Ø R. Ø5.4 MAX. Ø9. MAX -A-.8 A.8 A DRILL DEPTH 7 NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) C

306 CARTRIDGE CAVITIES CAVITY A77 CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL AT8 FORM REAMER AT9 PLUG TAP.5/8 -UNF-B B Ø58. Ø /8- UNF-B.8.8 B B A R Ø 45. n. A.6 MIN FULL THREAD Ø Ø 5.5-5/6- UNF-B. 6.5 Ø 6.7 a Ø.5 A a Ø.8 A 58. DRILL DEPTH 55.6 REAMER DEPTH Ø5.4 MAX Ø6. MAX Ø. MAX.6.6 Ø.5 Ø A- SCALE : TYPICAL IN PLACES CAVITY A CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A7 FORM REAMER A74 PLUG TAP.5/6-UNF-B Ø. MAX Ø Ø R.. a Ø.5 A A-.6 Ø NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

307 CARTRIDGE CAVITIES ISO STANDARD CAVITY CVA- - - CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A896 FORM REAMER A896 PLUG TAP M X.5 ø..8 A.6 5 ø.9.8 Mx.5-6H.5 B B.5 A ø MIN REAM. ø ø4..8 B ø B A ø.5 Mx.5-6H MIN REAM DEPTH R.. ø4.5 MAX.6 ø6. MAX 7.5 -A- CAVITY CVA CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A8966 FORM REAMER A8967 PLUG TAP M X.5.8 A.6.5 A -A-.6.6 ø ø ø.5 MAX 7 NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

308 CARTRIDGE CAVITIES ISO STANDARD CAVITY CVB CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL A784 FORM REAMER AT496 PLUG TAP M7 X.8 B -Aø4. ø B 9. MIN.8 A.5.. M7x.-6H ø ø. MAX B ø. MAX R MIN PILOT DRILL ø.5.5 A.6 ø.5. CAVITY CVB CAVITY TOOLS FORM DRILL BT499 FORM REAMER AT498 PLUG TAP M4 X ø56..8 A.6 5 ø M4x.-6H.8 B.8 B A.6 ø.5 MAX 9.5 MIN MIN ø.5 MAX R ø5.5 MAX Aø ø A NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

309 PORTS BSP, SAE, BSP WITH O -RING GROOVE SAE PORT CAVITY A66 TOOLING AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST ØA ØB C D E F G H ØJ C F R.5. øa øb D øj H E.8 G /8 (T) /4 (4T) /8 (6T) / (8T) 5/8 (T) /4 (T) (6T) -/4 (T) /6-4 UNF 7/6- UNF 9/6-8 UNF /4-6 UNF 7/8-4 UNF -/6- UNF -5/6- UNF -5/8- UNF BSP PORT CAVITY A769 TOOLING AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST BSP ØA ØB C D ØE ØF.5. SPOTFACE øa øb øe C CHAMFER 45 øf MAX. D /8 (W) /4 (W) /8 (W) / (4W) /4 (6W) (8W) -/4 (W) -/ (W) G/8 G/4 G/8 G/ G/4 G G-/4 G-/ NOTE: These port dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

310 PORTS BSP, SAE, BSP WITH O -RING GROOVE BSP WITH O -RING GROOVE TOOLING AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST A79 øa 5.6 ØA ØB ØC D E F G ØH D F R.. øb øc øh 45.6 G E /4 /8 / /4 -/ G /4 G /8 G / G /4 G G -/ NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) A

311 SAE MOUNTING PATTERN psi ( bar) 6 psi (4 bar) C H E G D B øa F I.5 x 45 All dimensions in millimetres FLANGE SIZE / A B C D E F (UNC-B) G H I / PSI 6 PSI /4 -/4 -/ / /4 -/ / / / / / / / / / / NOTE: These cavity dimensions are for installation purposes only. Certified drawings available upon request. Collins Road, Heathcote Ind. Est., Warwick, CV4 6TF, UK. 747 Spinach Drive, Mentor, Ohio 446, USA Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Tel: (44) Fax: (44) B

312 Eaton Integrated Hydraulics Collins Road Heathcote Industrial Estate Warwick, CV4 6TF United Kingdom Tel: +44 () Fax: +44 () Eaton Corporation All Rights Reserved Printed in USA Document No. V-VLSC-MC-E December 8